1999 GES Coding and Editing Manual 1999
1999 GES Coding and Editing Manual 1999
Department of Transportation
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
1999
Table of Contents Variables/Questions are displayed in data entry order.
PAR
Events
i
Vehicle Data
Environmental Conditions
Vehicle Characteristics
Vehicle Crash
ii
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 7 Versus Category 8) . . . . . . . . . . . 242
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
A24 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type (Category 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Precrash Data
Rollover
iii
National Governor’s Association (NGA) Crash Data
Vehicle Occupants
Occupant Characteristics
Driver Data
iv
Non-Motorist Data
v
Variable/Question Name Index
vi
A24 Ped./Bike Accident Type GES.CrashData PedBikeID Accident.Ped_Acc 229
(Pedestrian, Etc. Versus
Pedalcyclist)
vii
A25 Work Zone GES.CrashData WorkZone Accident.Wrk_Zone 48
viii
V24 Initial Point of Impact (Other GES.Events ObjectPlaneID Vehicle.Impact 40
Vehicle)
ix
P06 Ejection GES.Person EjectionID Person.Eject 361
x
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The production of this edition of the General Estimates System Coding and Editing Manual
would not have been possible without contributions from many individuals within the U.S.
Department of Transportation, Transportation Safety Institute, and the National Automotive
Sampling System Zone Centers.
xi
Not Displayed On Summary Tab
Element Values:
Range: 1-126
Remarks:
This is the police jurisdiction from which the PAR is selected; it is written at the top of the PAR
and is prefaced by the character “PJ.” The police jurisdiction may also be shown as the
second of three numbers separated by -‘s. The first number in the set of three is the primary
sampling unit; the second is the police jurisdiction; and the third is the PAR number. The
jurisdiction number written on the PAR must match the number shown in the “GES Input
Form” PAR/Jurisdiction field.
A01 DATE
Element Values:
Remarks:
If the PAR indicates (usually a hit-and-run) that the crash occurred between some PM and AM
time (e.g., 8:00 PM and 6:00 AM) on either a preceding or following day, code the crash as
occurring on the following day. If a range of days is indicated (e.g., between Sunday and
Friday), code the last date of the range (e.g., Friday).
When the day is not available on the PAR use the day listed on the Stratification Record if it is
available.
If the month cannot be determined from the PAR, enter the month of the Ending Contact Date
from the Inventory Record.
If the crash date on the PAR does not match the crash date shown on the data entry screen
and it is determined that the crash date on the PAR is correct, the crash date is corrected.
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AA034 DATE-MM (A01) equals 05-09 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION
(A20) should not equal 3 or 4.
A02 TIME
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter time as shown on the PAR. If the hour (HH) or AM versus PM cannot be determined,
then enter (Unknown).
If the PAR indicates the crash occurred during some time interval of greater than one hour
(e.g., 8:00 PM to 6:00 AM, or 8:00 am to 5:00 PM), enter (Unknown). However, if the interval
is one hour or less, code the midpoint of the interval (e.g., 8:00 PM to 9:00 PM), enter "2030."
When the time is available but AM versus PM is not shown on the PAR, base the time on light
conditions (e.g. time is 10:00, light condition is dark. Code as 2200).
If the time on the PAR does not match the crash time shown on the data entry screen and it is
determined that the crash time on the PAR is correct, the crash time is corrected.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA003 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) must not equal 2200-
5 2400, 0001-1400 or 1499.
AA062 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) must not equal 1000-
2 1500 or 1599.
AA066 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) must not equal 2200-
1 2400, 0001-0300 or 0399.
AA079 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) must not equal 1000-
4 2400, 0001-0300 or 0399.
Warnings
IF THEN
AA006 TIME (A02) equals 1000-1500 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) should
equal 1 or 9.
AA068 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should not equal 1000-
3 1500 or 1599.
AA074 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should equal 0500-
1 2100, 2199 or 9999.
AA078 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should equal 1600-
2 2400, 0100-0900, 0999 or 9999.
AA080 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should equal 0400-
4 0900, 0999 or 9999.
AA082 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should equal 1600-
5 2100, 2199 or 9999.
A23 STRATUM
Element Values:
Remarks:
Only NASS crashes are included in the GES. See the 1999 NASS GES Researcher's
Manual, section 3.0 for the definition of a NASS crash.
Category 1 applies if the NASS crash involves at least one passenger vehicle (i.e., a
passenger car, sport utility vehicle, van, or pickup truck) which is towed due to damage from
the crash scene. Crashes involving medium or heavy trucks are excluded from this category.
Category 2 applies if the NASS crash does not qualify for Category 1, but involves at least
one medium or heavy truck and either a vehicle which is towed due to damage or at least one
involved person which has a police reported injury of "K", "A", "B", or "C."
Category 3 applies if the NASS crash does not qualify for Categories 1 or 2, none of the
vehicles involved in the crash are medium or heavy trucks, and at least one person involved in
the crash has a police reported injury of "K", "A", or "B."
Category 4 applies if the crash does not qualify for Categories 1, 2, or 3 and no one in the
crash receives a "K", "A", or "B" injury.
Stabilization:
At times, one police report will contain more than one crash. This will happen when events
constituting a crash have stabilized (ANSI D16.1-1996, Section 2.4.4) and units involved in
the first sequence are subsequently involved in another crash sequence which is recorded on
the same police report. If more than one crash is recorded on a police report, based on the
ANSI definition of stabilized, then use the following protocol to determine which of the crashes
to code.
First, identify all NASS crashes. Exclude from consideration those which are not NASS
crashes.
Second, select the situation (A, B, or C below) which is applicable to the PAR under
consideration and follow the protocol provided.
Situation A
If exactly one crash qualifies for Category 1, choose this crash to code.
Situation B
If more than one crash qualifies for Category 1, follow the 4 steps below to select the crash to
code. Ignore all crashes not applicable to Category 1.
(1) If injury is involved and the relative degree of injury between crashes can be determined,
choose the crash with the highest injury severity.
(2) If injury is involved and the relative degree of injury between crashes is approximately
equal, choose the first of the highest equal injury crashes.
(3) If injury is involved and the relative degree of injury between crashes cannot be
determined, choose the first crash.
Situation C
If no crash qualifies for Category 1 and there is more than one crash applicable to Categories
2, 3, or 4; follow the criteria in Situation B above to select the crash to code.
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AP098 STRATUM (A23) equals 4 INJURY SEVERITY (P09) should
not equal 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV099 STRATUM (A23) equals 1 at least one MANNER OF
LEAVING SCENE (V19) should
equal 2 or 3.
Long Name: How many in-transport motor vehicles are in the crash?
Element Values:
Range: 1 to 30
Remarks:
Each crash must have at least one in-transport motor vehicle involved. The value entered
must equal the total number of in-transport motor vehicles involved in the crash. Vehicles not
in-transport are not included in this variable’s count.
In order for a vehicle to be considered in-transport, the motor vehicle must be either (1) on the
roadway or (2) in motion. This includes driverless vehicles.
When one motor vehicle is towing another, the number of motor vehicles entered depends on
the type of linkage between the vehicles. A fixed linkage is defined as one which has the
property of keeping the towed unit separated from the power unit by a distance which is
essentially constant. Included within this definition are cradle linkages where the towed unit
has two or more wheels off the ground. A nonfixed linkage (such as a rope or a chain)
requires the towed unit to be manually controlled.
If the PAR indicates (probably in the narrative section) the linkage between the units is fixed,
consider the towed unit as cargo throughout the entire crash sequence, regardless of
subsequent events/impacts sustained by the towed unit. In other words, a vehicle towed by a
fixed linkage: (1) is never considered as an in-transport vehicle, and (2) will be considered as
cargo associated with the power unit.
If the linkage between the units is nonfixed, each vehicle is considered to be in-transport, and
only the vehicle(s) involved in the crash sequence can be counted. If no information is
available regarding type of linkage, assume fixed linkage.
Hit-and-run crashes may cause some confusion on this variable. The count is increased for
each in-transport motor vehicle involved in the crash independent of the amount of
information collected on the vehicles by the police.
Parked vehicles may or may not be counted depending on whether or not they were
in-transport.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA014 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES
equals 25 (A03) must be greater than 01.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV184 NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES CRITICAL EVENT (V26) should
(A03) equals 01 and RELATION equal 1-6, 8, 9, 12, 13 or 14.
TO ROADWAY (A10) equals 2, 4,
6, 7 or 8 and CORRECTIVE
ACTION ATTEMPTED (V27)
equals 00 or 01
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP015 NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
(A03) is greater than 00 should equal 1, 2 or 9.
VA120 Only ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) codes 01-16, 92, 97, 98, 99, 00 can be
used when the crash involves a single vehicle-NUMBER OF MOTOR
VEHICLES (A03) equals 01.
Element Values:
Range: 0-98
Remarks:
The value entered must equal the number of non-motorists involved in the crash.
"Occupant of vehicle not in-transport" represents those persons in or on a motor vehicle which
is not in-transport when struck.
A "bicyclist" refers to only those pedalcyclists who were either a driver or passenger on a
bicycle. This includes those bicyclists who hold onto a motor vehicle in motion.
"Other cyclist" refers to all other pedalcyclists such as persons on tricycles or unicycles. This
includes those pedalcyclists who hold onto a motor vehicle in motion.
"Other non-motorist" includes any other person not included under the above definitions of a
pedestrian, bicyclist, other cyclist, or occupant of a motor vehicle not in-transport. Persons
riding on an animal or in an animal powered conveyance are one example. Any person
outside a trafficway or outside a sidewalk or path contiguous with a trafficway is another.
The maximum number of non-motorists that can be coded is 25. If more than 25 non-motorists
are involved code only the first 25.
The maximum number of non-motorists that can be coded is 98. If more than 98 non-
motorists are involved code only the first 98.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA033 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) NUMBER OF NON-MOTORISTS
equals 21, 22 or 27 (A04) must not equal 00.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP135 RELATION TO JUNCTION (A09) NON-MOTORIST LOCATION
equals 03 or 13 and NUMBER OF (P13) should not equal 01, 02, 08
NON-MOTORISTS (A04) is or 09.
greater than 00
Element Values:
Range: 1-98
Remarks:
A “crash” is the total set of “harmful events” (one or more) that results from an unstabilized
situation. The “crash” is concluded in time when all harmful events which originate from the
unstabilized situation are stabilized.
The NASS GES is only interested in harmful events that involve in-transport motor vehicles.
Events that involve only not in-transport motor vehicles and/or pedestrians and/or non-
motorists are not included in the coded crash sequence. Below are some examples of
nonqualifying events.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Event Number - New Variable (E01) C 13
Events Event Information
The crash events variables are designed to provide a coded description of all qualifying
events which occurred in the crash sequence. Events are encoded in chronological
sequence. Two groups of variables are provided for each event. The first (or left) group
always describes the in-transport motor vehicle with the lower vehicle number in the event.
The second group describes either the other in-transport vehicle, the object involved in the
event or the noncollision event associated with the in-transport motor vehicle described by the
left group.
With this coded chronological sequence of qualified crash events on the GES database,
analysts can review the entire series of events involving in-transport motor vehicles. Various
areas of concern to the highway safety community will be easily assessed using these
variables. For instance, the injury severity in accidents can be assessed relative to the
number and type of impacts involved.
Likewise, certain collision configurations may create a greater hazardous condition for the
occupants. A possible area of analysis would be the mix of vehicles sizes or the types of
objects the different classes of vehicles impact.
Complete these variables based upon a reconstruction of the vehicular dynamics involved in
the crash as described in the PAR. All of the injury or damage producing qualifying events or
circumstances for the in-transport motor vehicle(s) are coded.
Vehicle 1 (a compact passenger car) went out of control on a wet roadway and struck a
median guardrail with its front. The vehicle was redirected by the guardrail and
reentered the roadway, where it struck vehicle 2 (a large pickup truck) in the left side
with its front. Vehicle 1 spun to a stop in the roadway, and the driver, due to the
spinning, hit his head on the door pillar breaking his neck. Vehicle 2, out-of-control, ran
off the roadway, struck a pedestrian with its front and rolled over.
E01 Event V01 V24 E02 A06 First Harmful V24 A07 Manner
Number Vehicle Initial Point of Action Event or V01 Initial of Collision
Number Impact (This Vehicle Number Point of
(This Vehicle) (Other Vehicle) Impact
Vehicle) (Other
Vehicle)
Note: For the driver of vehicle 1, breaking his neck is not a separate codeable event. Rather,
this injury, and almost all occupant injuries resulting from occupant interior contact, is a result
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Event Number - New Variable (E01) C 14
Events Event Information
of a collision event. Also, A07, Manner of Collision, applies only to the first harmful event in
the crash.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA009 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 MANNER OF COLLISION (A07)
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT must not equal 1-6.
(A06) equals 01-24, 26-46, 58 or
59
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Event Number - New Variable (E01) C 15
Events Event Information
AV215 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) must not
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT equal 20-91.
(A06) equals 01-10
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Event Number - New Variable (E01) C 16
Events Event Information
Warnings
IF THEN
AA023 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 MANNER OF COLLISION (A07)
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT should not equal 0-6.
(A06) equals 99
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Event Number - New Variable (E01) C 17
Events Event Information
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP001 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 01-09, 11, 12, 19, 20 or
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10) 99.
equals 1
AP002 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 08, 18, 98 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 2 or 7
AP003 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 08, 18, 98 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 3
AP004 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 09, 19 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 99
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Event Number - New Variable (E01) C 18
Events Event Information
Long Name: What is the number of the “lower numbered” in-transport motor vehicle
involved in this event?
Element Values:
Range: 1-30
Remarks:
The in-transport motor vehicles within a crash are numbered sequentially beginning with 1; no
numbers are skipped. In-transport motor vehicles are assigned the PAR's vehicle number
unless a number is skipped. The vehicle number entered is for the in-transport motor vehicle
involved in this event with the lower vehicle number.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Number - This Vehicle (V01) C 19
Events Event Information
Element Values:
1 26859 0 Non-Collision
2 26860 1 Front
3 26861 2 Right Side
4 26862 3 Left Side
5 26863 4 Back
6 26864 5 Top
7 26865 6 Undercarriage
8 26866 11 Front Right Corner
9 26867 12 Front Left Corner
10 26868 13 Back Right Corner
11 26869 14 Back Left Corner
12 26870 99 Initial Point of Impact Unknown
Remarks:
Explanation of the difference in meaning between 1999 Oracle and 1998 SAS variables:
For data collection year 1998, this variable applies only to the initial (first) event in which this
vehicle is involved. In 1999, this variable applies to all events in which this vehicle is involved.
For this event, code the impact point that produced property damage or personal injury. The
impact point is for the vehicle coded in variable V01, Vehicle Number (This Vehicle).
Non-collision applies when the event involves rollover, fire, non-collision injury etc.
Front is used when it can be determined that the point of impact for this vehicle is the front
plane. In crashes where two vehicles are involved in the first harmful event and the initial
point of impact for both is front, A07, Manner of Collision, must be entered as head-on.
Right Side applies when the point of impact for this vehicle is known to be the right plane.
Left side applies when the point of impact for this vehicle is known to be the left plane.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Initial Point of Impact - This Vehicle (V24) C 20
Events Event Information
Back is used when the point of impact for this vehicle is known to be the back plane.
Front Right Corner applies when the point of impact for this vehicle is either the front plane
or right plane, but the plane can not be determined. In crashes where two vehicles are
involved in the first harmful event and the initial point of impact for one vehicle is coded front
right corner; A07, Manner of Collision, must not be entered as head-on or rear-end.
Front Left Corner is selected when the point of impact for this vehicle is either the front plane
or left plane, but the plane can not be determined. In crashes where two vehicles are involved
in the first harmful event and the initial point of impact for one vehicle is coded front left
corner; A07, Manner of Collision, must not be entered as head-on or rear-end.
Back Right Corner applies when the point of impact for this vehicle is either the back plane
or the right plane, but it is unknown if the point of impact is to the back or right plane. In
crashes where two vehicles are involved in the first harmful event and the initial point of
impact for one vehicle is coded back right corner; A07, Manner of Collision, must not be
entered as rear-end or rear-to-rear.
Back Left Corner is used when the point of impact for this vehicle is either the back or left
plane, but it is unknown if the point of impact is to the back or left plane. In crashes where two
vehicles are involved in the first harmful event and the initial point of impact for one vehicle is
coded back left corner; A07, Manner of Collision, must not be entered as rear-end rear-to-
rear.
Unknown is selected when the lack of information prohibits the coding of any of the other
element values.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV069 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24)
equals 1-6, 8 or 9 must equal 00.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Initial Point of Impact - This Vehicle (V24) C 21
Events Event Information
VV057 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) DAMAGE AREAS (V25) must have
equals 11, 12, 13 or 14 at least two values other than 0,
unless the first character is 7 or 0.
Warnings
IF THEN
VA198 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A6)
equals 00 and EVENT NUMBER should equal 01-10.
(E01) equals 1
VV177 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) VEHICLE ROLE (V22) should not
equals 01 and TRAVEL SPEED equal 2.
(V11) is greater than 00
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Initial Point of Impact - This Vehicle (V24) C 22
Events Event Information
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Initial Point of Impact - This Vehicle (V24) C 23
Events Event Information
Element Values:
Remarks:
The attributes for this variable are the five major categories of A06, First Harmful Event. The
A06, First Harmful Event, subcategories for each are listed below. The definitions of the
subcategories are shown under variable A06, First Harmful Event.
Example 1: If the event is a rollover involving an in-transport motor vehicle; E02, Action, is
coded Non-Collision and A06, First Harmful Event, is coded Rollover/Overturn.
Example 2: If the event involves an impact between an in-transport motor vehicle and a
pedestrian; E02, Action, is coded Collision With Object Not Fixed and A06, First Harmful
Event, is coded Pedestrian.
Example 3: If the event involves an impact between two in-transport motor vehicles, where
vehicle 1 strikes vehicle 2; E02, Action, is coded Strike Another In-transport Motor Vehicle
and A06, First Harmful Event, is coded 2.
Non-Collision
Rollover/Overturn
Fire/Explosion
Immersion
Gas Inhalation
Jackknife
Non-Collision Injury (Injured In or Fell From Vehicle)
Pedestrian
Cycle Or Cyclist (Pedalcycle/Pedalcyclist)
Railway train
Animal
Motor Vehicle In Transport
Parked Motor Vehicle (Or Other Motor Vehicle Not In Transport)
Other Type Non-Motorist
Other Object Not Fixed
Object Not Fixed - No Details
Ground
Building
Impact Attenuator/Crash Cushion
Bridge Structure
Guardrail
Concrete Traffic Barrier Or Other Longitudinal Barrier Type
Sign Post, Utility Pole, Or Other Support
Culvert Or Ditch
Curb
Embankment
Fence
Wall
Fire Hydrant
Shrubbery Or Bush
Tree
Boulder
Other Fixed Object
Fixed Object - No Details
Unknown
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA0143A ACTION (E02) equals 4 or 5 NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES
(A03) must be greater than 1.
Long Name: What non-collision category or object (non-fixed or fixed) applies to this
event?
Element Values:
Non-Collision
1 10231 1 Rollover/Overturn
2 10232 2 Fire/Explosion
3 10233 3 Immersion
4 19433 (4) Gas Inhalation
5 10234 5 Jackknife
6 10235 6 Non-Collision Injury (Injured In or Fell From Vehicle)
7 19434 50(7) Pavement Surface Irregularity (ruts, potholes, grates, etc.)
8 10236 8 Other Non-Collision
9 10237 9 Non-Collision - No Details
10 10238 10 Thrown Or Falling Object
1 10239 21 Pedestrian
2 10240 22 Cycle Or Cyclist (Pedalcycle/Pedalcyclist)
3 10241 23 Railway train
4 10242 24 Animal
5 * 25 Motor Vehicle In Transport
6 10244 26 Parked Motor Vehicle (Or Other Motor Vehicle Not In Transport)
7 10245 27 Other Type Non-Motorist
8 10246 28 Other Object Not Fixed
9 10247 29 Object Not Fixed - No Details
1 10248 31 Ground
2 10249 32 Building
3 10250 33 Impact Attenuator/Crash Cushion
4 10251 34 Bridge Structure
5 10252 35 Guardrail
* The Oracle value is set equal to the value of GES.Vehicle.VehicleID for the other in-
transport motor vehicle involved in the event.
Remarks:
Enter Rollover/Overturn when a motor vehicle rotates (rollover) at least one quarter turn in
any nonhorizontal direction. Use this code also when an uncontrolled motorcycle first contacts
the ground or pavement surface. All motor vehicles may rollover/overturn, with the exception
of motorcycles, which can overturn but not rollover.
Gas Inhalation includes injury or death from carbon monoxide fumes leaking from a motor
vehicle in transport.
Enter Non-Collision Injury (Injured In or Fell From Vehicle) when a person falls from or is
injured inside the vehicle. This includes persons jumping or stepping from moving vehicles,
persons falling from pickup beds, and persons colliding with the interior of a vehicle during a
sudden stop. This attribute applies only to the first harmful event for this vehicle. If a vehicle
becomes mired and results in injury, select this attribute.
Enter Other Non-Collision when a vehicle sets an object in motion that strikes or is struck by
a vehicle before the object stabilizes. Examples include dislodged cargo, spewed gravel, etc.
It may be used in other situations as well.
Non-Collision - No Details when it is known that the event is a non-collision, but the details
are unknown.
Enter Thrown Or Falling Object when any object (1) is thrown (intentionally or
unintentionally) and impacts an in-transport vehicle, or (2) falls onto, into, or in the path of an
in-transport motor vehicle. However, objects set in motion by an in-transport vehicle are to be
coded Other Non-Collision. If a tree limb falls from a tree and is contacted by a car, enter
Thrown Or Falling Object. If a tree limb falls from a tree trimming truck and is struck, enter
Other Non-Collision. If a child maliciously throws a tree limb off an overpass into traffic
below, enter this Thrown Or Falling Object.
Enter Pedestrian when any person who is involved in a harmful event is on a trafficway or on
a sidewalk or path contiguous with a trafficway, and who is not in or on a non-motorist
conveyance. A non-motorist conveyance is defined as any human-powered device by which a
non-motorist may move, or by which a pedestrian or non-motorist may move another non-
motorist, other than by pedaling. A non-motorist conveyance includes the following: baby
carriage, coaster wagon, ice skates, roller skates, push cart, scooter, skate board, skis, sled,
wheelchair, rickshaw, etc. Excluded are pedalcyclists.
Animal is used for collisions with animals (domestic or wild) that are not themselves being
used as transportation or to draw a wagon, cart or other transport device.
Enter Motor Vehicle In Transport when the initial impact occurred between two motor
vehicles in-transport. A vehicle parked in a mid-block bus stop, fire hydrant, etc., should be
considered as in-transport if the vehicle should not be parked in the location (i.e., parked
buses, fire trucks, etc., are considered not in-transport while a passenger car, motorcycle,
etc., are considered in-transport).
1999 Procedure:
Motor Vehicle In Transport is computer generated in 1999. If the event involves an impact
between 2 in-transport motor vehicles, the data entry system prompts for the vehicle number
of the other in-transport motor vehicle and sets A06, First Harmful Event (Non-
Collision/Object), equal to the vehicle ID (see * above) of the other in-transport motor vehicle.
The event involves an impact between 2 in-transport motor vehicles if variable E02, Action -
NEW VARIABLE, is coded Strike Another In-transport Motor Vehicle or Struck By An In-
Transport Motor Vehicle.
Enter Parked Motor Vehicle (Or Other Motor Vehicle Not In Transport) when the impact
occurred between a motor vehicle in-transport and a motor vehicle neither on a roadway nor
in motion.
Enter Other Type Non-Motorist when the person impacted is not a pedestrian or a
pedalcyclist. [NOTE: If the harmful event occurs with a motor vehicle not in-transport which
contains a non-motorist (e.g., Occupant of vehicle not in-transport), enter Parked Motor
Vehicle (Or Other Motor Vehicle Not In Transport)
Enter Other Object Not Fixed when the impact is between a motor vehicle in-transport and
any other object that is moving or not anchored prior to the accident.
Enter Ground when the impact is with the ground. This value is not to be entered when the
harmful event is "Rollover/Overturn.”
Building is used when the vehicle impacts a roofed and walled structure built for permanent
use. The type of construction material used is not of interest, nor is the use of the building.
Enter Impact Attenuator/Crash Cushion when the harmful event is with any device
described on the PAR as an impact attenuator or crash cushion.
Enter Bridge Structure when the contact is with any part of a bridge structure. This includes:
support structure
overpass structure (not "front face")
bridge rail
bridge-pier abutment
parapet end
For contact to the "front face" of an overpass structure (e.g., the top of the cargo area of a
truck strikes the front of a bridge with a low clearance) enter Other Fixed Object. Included
within the meaning of bridge structure are supports for railway underpasses, including those
for mass transit type trains.
If the impact is with an impact attenuator protecting a bridge support, then enter Impact
Attenuator/Crash Cushion. Contact with the underside of the bridge deck is coded Other
Fixed Object.
Variable attributes Guardrail and Concrete Traffic Barrier Or Other Longitudinal Barrier
Type are chosen based upon design and composition. Location is not considered when
choosing a value.
Enter Guardrail whenever the impact occurs with any longitudinal barrier described on the
PAR as a guardrail, regardless of its location.
Enter Concrete Traffic Barrier Or Other Longitudinal Barrier Type whenever the impact
described on the PAR occurs with a concrete barrier (commonly referred to as a GM or Jersey
barrier), regardless of its location. Enter this value for temporary (e.g., construction sites) and
permanent installations. Concrete traffic barriers located on a bridge with a closed median are
not considered Bridge Structure. Concrete traffic barriers located on the outer road edges of
a bridge are considered Bridge Structure.
Enter Sign Post, Utility Pole, or Other Support when the impact occurs to: (1) a support for
a highway or traffic sign, (2) anything that supports a sign under which vehicles travel, (3) a
street light, (4) a support for utility lines, (5) a traffic signal pole, (6) any non-highway or
non-traffic sign (e.g., a private sign), (7) a mail box post, (8) a delineator post, or (9) any other
type post, pole, or support. This value should not be used when the impact was with any
supporting structure of a bridge (see variable attribute Bridge Structure).
Enter Culvert or Ditch when the impact occurs with a culvert or ditch. A culvert is a
man-made structure that allows passage over a drainage area and is that part of the structure
which is intended to channel flow through the structure and maintain the stability/integrity of
the road bed. If the structure has a portion above the road surface which is of sufficient height
to engage above the wheels of an errant passenger vehicle and redirect it, that part of the
structure is considered a Bridge Structure. A ditch is a man made structure for drainage
purposes. A ditch ends where a culvert begins and resumes on the opposite side of the
culvert.
Curb is used when the impact is with a concrete or asphalt structure up tp 12 inches in height
which borders the roadway. It provides drainage control and pavement edge delineation. The
face of the curb may be sloped or vertical.
An Embankment is a raised structure to hold back water, to carry a roadway, or the result of
excavation or washout (including erosion) which may be faced with earth or rock (sometimes
called berm), stone or concrete. An embarkment can usually be differentiated from a wall by
its incline, whereas a wall is usually vertical. However, there are exceptions: such as a
retaining wall which may be inclined or a vertical embankment caused by a natural event such
as a washout.
Fence includes the fence posts. A Fence can be made of wood, chain link, stone, etc.
A Wall is a primarily vertical (+15 degrees from vertical) structure comprise of concrete, metal,
timber, or stone which is not part of a building or a fence but typically is used for retaining
earth, abating noise, and separating areas (but not for containment as in the primary function
of a fence). Also not included as walls are wing-walls which are attached to ends of bridge
abutments and extend back at an angle from the roadway. Wing-walls are coded as Bridge
Structure.
Fire Hydrant refers to the roadside device used by fire departments to provide water for
fighting fires. Usually made of steel, these devices are also referred to as fireplugs or fire
standpipes in some areas.
Enter Tree when the impact is with a tree. This includes impacts with overhanging branches.
Do not use this code if the tree is not standing. Trees which have fallen and are struck should
be coded Other Object Not Fixed for small trees or Other Fixed Object for large trees.
Enter Boulder when an in-transport motor vehicle contacts any large (not defined but at least
larger than gravel) stationary rock.
Enter Other Fixed Object when the PAR describes the impact to any fixed object which is
anchored and not moving and not specifically mentioned above. Collisions which may be
classified using this code include (but are not limited to): (1) vehicles which sustain
undercarriage damage by straddling the pavement and shoulder and impacting a prominent
pavement lip, (2) free falls or vaults from the road surface to the ground or pavement without
being listed on the PAR as rolling over or overturning, or (3) impacts with guy wires supporting
utility pole, etc..
If the PAR indicates the impact was in a median, determine if the impact was with a
longitudinal barrier (guardrail, concrete, or other). If a barrier was ly contacted, enter
Guardrail or Concrete Traffic Barrier or Other Longitudinal Barrier Type based on the
PAR description. If no longitudinal barrier was initially contacted but contact occurred to a
nonraised paved surface, gravel, or grass, then enter Ground. If the PAR indicates that the
harmful event is with a raised, paved area (concrete or asphalt), then enter Curb. This is true
even if a barrier is anchored in the raised, paved area. If the median is depressed, select the
element which best fits the PAR's impact description and enter Ground, Embankment,
Shrubbery Or Bush, Tree, Boulder, Other Fixed Object, etc. whichever is most
appropriate.
Tunnels are handled according to the following rules. If the PAR describes the impact as
external (i.e., the impact is to the hill or mountainside), enter Embankment. If the impact is to
the tunnel entrance (i.e., not protected by guardrails or bridge rails that lead into a tunnel or
impact attenuators), then enter Other Fixed Object. Enter Wall if the plane of the tunnel is
broad or wide enough that the tunnel entrance functions as a wall and contact is made with
this wall. External impacts to impact attenuators are entered Impact Attenuator/Crash
Cushion.
Internal or external impacts to: [a] median barriers should be entered Guardrail or Concrete
Traffic Barrier Or Other Longitudinal Barrier Type; [b] curbs (raised, paved medians) or
walks should be entered Curb; or [c] the tunnel wall should be entered Wall. If contact is
made with a bridge that leads into a tunnel, then enter Bridge Structure.
Fixed Object - No Details is used when it is known the impact is with a fixed object, but the
specific type of object is unknown.
Enter Unknown when there is not enough information to determine the type of harmful event.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA009 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 MANNER OF COLLISION (A07)
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT must not equal 1-6.
(A06) equals 01-24, 26-46, 58 or
59
AV105 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) JACKKNIFE (V14) for the involved
equals 05 vehicle must equal 1.
AV106 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) for the
equals 05 involved vehicle must not equal 1.
AV131 the FIRST HARMFUL EVENT VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
(A06) for the vehicle equals 1-9 0.
AV215 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) must not
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT equal 20-91.
(A06) equals 01-10
AV232 the FIRST HARMFUL EVENT VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
(A06) for the vehicle equals 21-99 equal 0.
VA219A The Oracle value for FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) must not equal
10243.
VV116 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) must not
equals 01 and BODY TYPE (V05) equal 00.
does not equal 80-89
Warnings
IF THEN
AA023 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 MANNER OF COLLISION (A07)
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT should not equal 0-6.
(A06) equals 99
AV013 All FIRST HARMFUL EVENT’s HIT AND RUN (V02) should not
(A06) equals 01-10, 31-46, 58 or equal 1.
59
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP001 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 01-09, 11, 12, 19, 20 or
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10) 99.
equals 1
AP002 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 08, 18, 98 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 2 or 7
AP003 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 08, 18, 98 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 3
AP004 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 09, 19 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 99
AP005 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person must have
equals 21 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to 5.
AP006 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person must have
equals 22 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to 6 or
8.
AP008 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 6 equal to 1, 2 or 9 must have
INJURY SEVERITY (P09) equal to
1-5.
AP128 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person must have
equals 27 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal 4 or 8.
AV009 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one vehicle should have
equals 2 FIRE OCCURRENCE (V16) equal
1.
VP010 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 21 must be equal 5.
VP011 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 22 must be equal to 6.
VP012 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 27 must equal 4 or 8.
Long Name: What is the number of the “higher numbered” in-transport motor vehicle
involved in this event?
Element Values:
Range: 1-30
Remarks:
The in-transport motor vehicles within a crash are numbered sequentially beginning with 1; no
numbers are skipped. In-transport motor vehicles are assigned the PAR's vehicle number
unless a number is skipped. The vehicle number entered is for the in-transport motor vehicle
involved in this event with the higher vehicle number.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Number - Other Vehicle (V01) C 39
Events Event Information
Long Name: What is the point of impact for the other vehicle?
Element Values:
1 26859 0 Non-Collision
2 26860 1 Front
3 26861 2 Right Side
4 26862 3 Left Side
5 26863 4 Back
6 26864 5 Top
7 26865 6 Undercarriage
8 26866 11 Front Right Corner
9 26867 12 Front Left Corner
10 26868 13 Back Right Corner
11 26869 14 Back Left Corner
12 26870 99 Initial Point of Impact Unknown
Remarks:
Explanation of difference in meaning between 1999 Oracle and 1998 SAS variables:
For data collection year 1998, this variable applies only to the initial (first) event in which this
vehicle is involved. In 1999, this variable applies to all events in which this vehicle is involved.
For this event, code the impact point that produced property damage or personal injury. The
impact point is for the vehicle coded in variable V01, Vehicle Number (Other Vehicle).
Non-collision applies when the event involves rollover, fire, non-collision injury etc.
Front is used when it can be determined that the point of impact for this vehicle is the front
plane. In crashes where two vehicles are involved in the first harmful event and the initial
point of impact for both is front, A07, Manner of Collision, must be entered as head-on.
Right Side applies when the point of impact for this vehicle is known to be the right plane.
Left side applies when the point of impact for this vehicle is known to be the left plane.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Initial Point of Impact - Other Vehicle (V24) C 40
Events Event Information
Back is used when the point of impact for this vehicle is known to be the back plane.
Front Right Corner applies when the point of impact for this vehicle is either the front plane
or right plane, but the plane can not be determined. In crashes where two vehicles are
involved in the first harmful event and the initial point of impact for one vehicle is coded front
right corner; A07, Manner of Collision, must not be entered as head-on or rear-end.
Front Left Corner is selected when the point of impact for this vehicle is either the front plane
or left plane, but the plane can not be determined. In crashes where two vehicles are involved
in the first harmful event and the initial point of impact for one vehicle is coded front left
corner; A07, Manner of Collision, must not be entered as head-on or rear-end.
Back Right Corner applies when the point of impact for this vehicle is either the back plane
or the right plane, but it is unknown if the point of impact is to the back or right plane. In
crashes where two vehicles are involved in the first harmful event and the initial point of
impact for one vehicle is coded back right corner; A07, Manner of Collision, must not be
entered as rear-end or rear-to-rear.
Back Left Corner is used when the point of impact for this vehicle is either the back or left
plane, but it is unknown if the point of impact is to the back or left plane. In crashes where two
vehicles are involved in the first harmful event and the initial point of impact for one vehicle is
coded back left corner; A07, Manner of Collision, must not be entered as rear-end or rear-to-
rear.
Unknown is selected when the lack of information prohibits the coding of any of the other
element values.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV069 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24)
equals 1-6, 8 or 9 must equal 00.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Initial Point of Impact - Other Vehicle (V24) C 41
Events Event Information
VV057 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) DAMAGE AREAS (V25) must have
equals 11, 12, 13 or 14 at least two values other than 0,
unless the first character is 7 or 0.
Warnings
IF THEN
VA198 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A6)
equals 00 and EVENT NUMBER should equal 01-10.
(E01) equals 1
VV177 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) VEHICLE ROLE (V22) should not
equals 01 and TRAVEL SPEED equal 2.
(V11) is greater than 00
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Initial Point of Impact - Other Vehicle (V24) C 42
Events Event Information
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Initial Point of Impact - Other Vehicle (V24) C 43
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter the manner of collision associated with the first harmful event.
Enter Not Collision With Motor Vehicle In Transport when the first harmful event is not
coded Motor Vehicle In Transport.
Enter Rear-End when a collision occurs between the rear of one vehicle and the front of
another vehicle. If this attribute is selected, the points of impact for the vehicles involved in
the first harmful event must be front to back (e.g., front right/left or back left/right corners are
not allowed).
Enter Head-On when a collision occurs between the front end of one vehicle and the front end
of another vehicle. If this attribute is selected, the points of impact for the vehicles involved in
the first harmful event must both be front (e.g., front right/left corner is not allowed).
Enter Rear-To-Rear when a collision occurs between the rear of one vehicle and the rear of
another vehicle. If this attribute is selected, the points of impact for the vehicles involved in
the first harmful event must both be back (e.g., back right/left corner is not allowed).
Enter Angle when the impact configuration is known but cannot be classified with any other
element. Included here, also, are endswipes. If this attribute is selected, the points of impact
for the vehicles involved in the first harmful event must not be front to front, front to back or
back to back.
Enter Sideswipe, Same Direction when the PAR reports that a sideswipe occurred while the
two vehicles were traveling in the same direction.
Enter Sideswipe, Opposite Direction when the PAR reports that a sideswipe occurred while
the two vehicles were traveling in opposite directions.
Enter Other when the First Harmful Event (A6) involves a vehicle that is parked off the
roadway and an open door over the roadway is struck by a motor vehicle in transport.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA009 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 MANNER OF COLLISION (A07)
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT must not equal 1-6.
(A06) equals 01-24, 26-46, 58 or
59
Warnings
IF THEN
AA023 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals MANNER OF COLLISION (A07)
1 AND FIRST HARMFUL should not equal 0-6.
EVENT (A06) equals 99
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV244 MANNER OF COLLISION (A07) for at least one vehicle,
equals 2 and TRAFFICWAY MOVEMENT PRIOR TO CRITICAL
FLOW (All) equals 3 EVENT (V21) should equal 00 or
97.
Element Values:
Remarks:
If the PAR indicates that the location of the accident is within a city or town, then the
automated data entry system will cue you as to the correct value to enter.
Enter Other area if the accident's location is known to be within a city or town not matched
with SAS codes "1" through "3".
The element value for this variable is computer generated. The attribute selected is based on
the PSU and police jurisdiction from which the crash is selected. For example, if the crash is
selected from PSU72 (Chicago) jurisdiction 1 (Chicago City Police); the attribute selected by
the computer is Within area of population 100,000+.
Long Name: Did the first harmful event in the crash occur in a work zone?
Element Values:
1 0 0 No
2 1 1 Yes
Remarks:
Enter No when the first harmful event does not occur in a work or construction area or it is
unknown if the first harmful event occurs in a work or construction area.
Enter Yes when the PAR indicates that the first harmful event occurs in a work zone or
construction area. Work zones can often be identified by the presence of a warning sign. A
specific block for work zones may be available on the PAR. The narrative or diagram may
also indicate the presence of a work zone.
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AA097 WORK ZONE (A25) equals 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE
(A16) should equal 01-42, 51 or 98.
Element Values:
1 0 0 No
2 1 1 Yes
Remarks:
This variable applies to crashes in which a school bus is directly or indirectly involved, such as
a crash involving children exiting from a school bus. The school bus does not have to be
involved in the crash. If it cannot be determined that a school bus is involved, enter No.
For the purpose of this variable, a school bus refers to a motor vehicle defined by the police
on the PAR as such.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AP027 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21)
TYPE (A24) equals 0120 and must equal 1.
PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 5
VA002 SPECIAL USE (V08) for any SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21)
vehicle equals 02 must equal 1.
Warnings
IF THEN
AP024 SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21) PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
equals 1 and PERSON TYPE TYPE (A24) should equal 0120.
(P03) equals 5
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV210 SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21) at least one SPECIAL USE (V08)
equals 1 should equal 02.
AV236 SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21) at least one BODY TYPE (V05)
equals 1 should equal 24 or 50.
Long Name: Is the first harmful event associated with an interstate highway?
Element Values:
1 1 0 No
2 2 1 Yes
3 3 9 Unknown
Remarks:
Crashes which occur in association with a roadway (or one of its lanes) that is unopen are not
NASS crashes unless they occur in the junction of a roadway that is open and upon which an
involved vehicle was traveling. If the roadway is being built or under construction (repair or
maintenance), then the first harmful event must have been associated with that portion of the
roadway designated as open. If the maintenance agency has designated the roadway as open
then the condition (paved, gravel, etc.) of the road surface is not considered. If the roadway is
being built, enter the roadway according to its eventual classification.
The Interstate Highway System includes those trafficways that are within the national system
for interstate transport and defense purposes. Interstates typically have limited access and
multiple lanes of travel.
Crashes which occur on ramps leading to or away from an Interstate should be coded Yes.
Enter No when the PAR indicates that the crash occurred on any of the following: US
Highway, State Highway, County Road, Township Road or Municipal Road.
Enter Yes when the PAR indicates the crash occurred on an interstate highway. Some PARs
use a specific block to indicate interstate. Interstate can also be identified by the prefix "I"
used in the roadway name.
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AA018 INTERSTATE HIGHWAY (A08) NUMBER OF TRAVEL LANES
equals 1 and RELATION TO (A12) should not equal 1.
JUNCTION (A09) is not equal to
14
Post Entry
IF THEN
AA071 NUMBER OF TRAVEL LANES INTERSTATE HIGHWAY (A08)
(A12) equals 1 and RELATION should not equal 1.
TO JUNCTION (A09) is not equal
to 14
Element Values:
Remarks:
The element value selected is based on the location of the first harmful event. If the location
of the first harmful event is within the boundaries of an interchange then select Interchange.
If it occurs outside of the boundaries of an interchange, then select Non-Interchange.
Unknown If Interchange applies if it cannot be determined if the first harmful event is located
in an interchange or non-interchange area.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction -Non-Interchange Versus Interchange (A09) C 53
Crash General Crash Description
Long Name: Select the attribute which describes the location of the first harmful
event?
Element Values:
Non-Interchange Area
1 26542 0 Non-Junction
2 26543 1 Intersection
3 26544 2 Intersection Related
4 26545 3 Driveway, Alley Access, Etc
5 26546 4 Entrance/Exit Ramp
6 26547 5 Rail Grade Crossing
7 26548 6 On A Bridge
8 19435 (7) Crossover Related
9 26549 8 Other, Non-Interchange
10 26550 9 Unknown, Non-Interchange
Interchange Area
1 26551 10 Non-Junction
2 26552 11 Intersection
3 26553 12 Intersection Related
4 26554 13 Driveway, Alley Access, Etc.
5 26555 14 Entrance/Exit Ramp
6 26556 16 On A Bridge
7 19436 (17) Crossover Related
8 26557 18 Other Location in Interchange
9 26558 19 Unknown, Interchange Area
Remarks:
The element value selected is based on the location of the first harmful event. If the location
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 54
Crash General Crash Description
of the first harmful event is within the boundaries of an interchange then use the interchange
codes. If it occurs outside of the boundaries of an interchange, then use the non-interchange
codes.
If the first harmful event occurs off the roadway, refer to the section at the point of departure
to code this variable. In those off-roadway instances where the departure occurs from within a
junction, enter either Non-Junction or Intersection Related. The latter element is used if the
junction is also an intersection (see definition below).
DEFINITIONS
Alley Access
An Alley Access is generally an unnamed roadway providing access, in general, to the rear of
houses or buildings, some of which may be further served by a driveway access.
Crossover
Driveway Access
An Entrance or Exit Ramp is a transition roadway: (1) which connects two roadways; (2) is
used for entering or exiting through- traffic lanes; and (3) begins and ends at a gore or curb
return. A ramp can connect two roadways which cross (either at-grade or with a grade
separation) or two which do not cross (e.g., frontage roads). A ramp can form an intersection
with a roadway as well as diverge from or merge into one. A ramp can form a channeled
intersection. A ramp can also split into two ramps.
Interchange Area
The Interchange Area is the area around a grade separation which involves at least two
trafficways. Included within its boundaries are: (1) all ramps which connect the roadways and
(2) each roadway entering or leaving the interchange to a point 30 meters beyond the gore or
curb return at the outermost ramp connection for the roadway. One may find included within
an interchange area intersections, driveway accesses, and, of course, roadway sections
which are non-junctions.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 55
Crash General Crash Description
Intersection
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 56
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 57
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 58
Crash General Crash Description
Intersection Related
Intersection Related means that the first harmful event: (1) occurs on an approach to or exit
from an intersection, and (2) results from an activity, behavior or control related to the
movement of traffic units through the intersection.
Junction
A Junction, in general, is the area formed by the connection of two roadways. It includes: (1)
all at-grade intersections, (2) connections between a driveway access or alley access and a
roadway which is not a driveway access or an alley access, (3) connections between two alley
accesses or driveway accesses or (4) a connection between a driveway access and an alley
access.
Traffic Circle
A rotary or traffic circle is a specialized form of at-grade intersection. It is one through which
traffic passes by entering and leaving a one-way roadway connecting all intersection approach
legs and running continuously around a central island. Rotary intersections are commonly
called traffic circles, but proper design can result in central islands of various rounded shapes.
Traffic Units
Traffic Units, as referred to in Intersection Related, means any traffic unit (involved or not
involved in the accident).
Enter Intersection when the first harmful event occurs within the area formed by the
prolongation of curb or edge lines of the approach legs of the intersection, enter Intersection
regardless of whether or not the collision was in any way related to an intersection.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 59
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 60
Crash General Crash Description
Intersection includes any two leg intersection, rotary intersection or traffic circle. To qualify for
inclusion as a two-leg intersection, at least one of the two legs must be controlled by a
regulatory sign (see A16, Traffic Control Device) or traffic signal; otherwise, treat the area as a
sharp curve.
Use Intersection if the first harmful event occurs in the rotary roadway, in the central island or
on any directional islands which serve the rotary intersection.
Enter Intersection Related if the first harmful event occurs outside but near an intersection
and involves a vehicle which was engaged or should have been engaged in making an
intersection related maneuver such as turning. However, if the loss of control is unrelated to
the intersection, enter Non-Junction.
If a crash meets the criteria of Intersection Related but also meets the criteria for Driveway,
Alley Access, Etc., Entrance or Exit Ramp or Rail Grade Crossing, then Driveway, Alley
Access, Etc., Entrance or Exit Ramp or Rail Grade Crossing takes precedence.
Remember, for Driveway, Alley Access, Etc. and Entrance or Exit Ramp, and Rail Grade
Crossing to apply, a pedestrian, other non-motorist associated with a non-motorist
conveyance or road vehicle must have been entering or exiting the appropriate area.
Enter Driveway, Alley Access, Etc. when the first harmful event occurs on a NASS roadway
(see below) which approaches or exits from the driveway or alley access junction and at least
one involved pedestrian, other non-motorist associated with a non-motorist conveyance or
road vehicle was entering or exiting from the driveway or alley. Included are exits/entrances of
parking lots. Do not use this element if the accident was precipitated by the actions of a
noncontact road vehicle or person.
For an uncontrolled driveway/alley access junction within ten (10) meters of a three or four leg
intersection (inside-to-inside of lateral boundary lines), enter Driveway, Alley Access, Etc.
only if the criteria above are met and the location of the first harmful event is not within the
intersection.
Enter Entrance/Exit Ramp if the PAR has a specific element entitled similarly. If no specific
PAR element matches, then use this element if according to the PAR diagram/sketch or
narrative, the first harmful event occurred while going into, within or coming out of an entrance
or exit ramp.
Enter Rail Grade Crossing when (1) the first harmful event occurred in the area formed by
the at-grade connection of a railroad bed and a roadway or (2) an involved pedestrian, other
non-motorist associated with a non-motorist conveyance or road vehicle was on an approach
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 61
Crash General Crash Description
to or exit from the railroad grade crossing. Do not use this code if the crash was precipitated
by the actions of a noncontact road vehicle or person.
Enter On a Bridge when the first harmful event occurs on a bridge. If the crash meets the
criteria for Intersection Related and also meets the criteria for On a Bridge, then the On a
Bridge takes precedence.
Enter Other, Non-interchange if the first harmful event occurs (1) while going into, within or
coming out of the channel or (2) on the traffic island (when the PAR indicates the vehicle
entered or struck the island from within the channel).
Use Crossover Related when the first harmful event occurred (1) in the junction of a
crossover and a roadway, (2) on any leg of the roads which approach or exit from the
crossover and which are just outside of the crossover junction itself (and subject to the
provision below) or (3) in the crossover itself, and at least one conveyance or road vehicle
was entering, in or exiting from the crossover. Do not use this code if the crash was
precipitated by the actions of a noncontact road vehicle or person.
Other, Non-Interchange includes an at-grade channel. A channel refers to any traffic lane
that is directed into a path different than the through lanes by a traffic island. An island is
defined as a raised or painted paved surface. The channel begins and ends at the extension
of the island's lateral boundaries unless the channel is preceded or followed by a merge area
or divergence. See figures A-10 to A-13 for examples.
Median cuts which are directly across from or within 10 meters of the nearest lateral boundary
line of any roadway (highway, street, ramp, driveway or alley) are considered extensions of
the roadway. The area between the roadways which the median cut serves is considered part
of the junction unless the roadways belong to separate trafficways. In this rare latter case,
consider the area as a separate road segment. If the location of the first harmful event is in
the median cut, enter the appropriate response: Intersection or Driveway, Alley Access,
Etc.).
Enter Other, Interchange if the first harmful event occurs in a median crossing area within an
interchange.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 62
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 63
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 64
Crash General Crash Description
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA015 RELATION TO JUNCTION (A09) TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE
equals 00 or 10 (A16) must not equal 01.
Warnings
IF THEN
AA018 INTERSTATE HIGHWAY (A08) NUMBER OF TRAVEL LANES
equals 1 and RELATION TO (A12) should not equal 1.
JUNCTION (A09) is not equal to
14
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 65
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 66
Crash General Crash Description
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP023 RELATION TO JUNCTION (A09) PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
equals 01 or 11 and PERSON TYPE (A24) must not equal 0810,
TYPE (P03) equals 5 for the first 0821, 0822, 0829, 0830, 0840 or
non-motorist equals 5 0890
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Relation To Junction - Specific Location (A09) C 67
Crash General Crash Description
Long Name: Select the attribute which best describes the location of the first harmful
event.
Element Values:
1 10190 1 On Roadway
n/a n/a 2 On Shoulder/Parking Lane
2 10191 (2) On Shoulder
n/a n/a 3 Off Roadway/Shoulder/Parking Lane
n/a n/a 4 On Median
3 10192 (3) On Median
4 10193 (4) On Roadside
5 10194 (5) Outside Trafficway
6 10195 (6) Off Roadway - Location Unknown
7 19437 (7) In Parking Lane
n/a n/a 8 Other
8 19438 (8) Gore
9 19439 (10) Separator
10 19440 9(99) Unknown
Remarks:
Enter the element that best describes the location of the First Harmful Event.
Enter On Roadway when a crash occurs on that part of the trafficway designated, improved
and ordinarily used for motor vehicle travel. In addition, use this element if the impact occurs
with a bridge structure that is on a roadway and was designed to allow motor vehicles to move
in (change lanes) between the supporting piers.
Note: This code may not be used when a vehicle in-transport on a roadway impacts another
vehicle (not in-transport) or its cargo where the cargo protrudes onto the roadway (e.g., side
mirrors or a door opened from a parked vehicle in a parking lane).
Struck signs, poles or trees can be located on a roadway. The objects should not be within an
island or median, but actually protruding from the roadway surface or hanging over the
roadway surface. The occurrence of a struck sign, pole or tree on a roadway will be rare.
Enter Off Roadway/Shoulder/Parking Lane when the first harmful event occurs on a
trafficway but did not occur on a roadway, shoulder, parking lane or median. Use this element
if the first harmful event occurs in a gore or an island (directional or channeling). In addition,
use this element if the first harmful event occurs in a location off the roadway, but its
relationship to the right-of-way is not known. For example, the PAR indicates that a guardrail,
tree, mailbox, etc., was impacted. Use this element since the shoulder is assumed to end
where the object begins. In addition, this element is coded when a vehicle strikes a curb which
is contiguous with either the roadway or a parking lane at the location of the impact.
Gore is an area of land where two roadways diverge or converge. The area is bounded on two
sides by the edges of the roadways, which join at the point of divergence or convergence. The
direction of traffic must be the same on both of these roadways. The area includes shoulders
or marked pavement, if any, between the roadways. Inclusions are: areas at rest area entry or
exit ramps, areas at truck weigh station entry or exit ramps, areas where two main roadways
diverge or converge, areas where a ramp and another roadway or two ramps, diverge or
converge, and areas where a frontage road and another roadway or two frontage roads,
diverge or converge. Normally one of the roadways will be a ramp.
Channel Island is the defined area between traffic lanes for control and guidance of vehicle
movement. Islands may be provided for separation and special control of turning movements.
Islands can separate opposing traffic or traffic in the same direction. An island may be
designated by paint, curbs or pavement edge and can be paved or have a low growing plant
cover.
Enter On Median when the first harmful event occurs in a median. A median is defined as an
area of separation between two adjacent roadways on the same trafficway and is not a "gore".
More than one "median" may exist on the same trafficway. Also, use this element if the first
harmful event occurs with a curb which is part of a curbed median. In addition, enter this
element if the impact occurs with a bridge structure (see note above) that was designed to
separate (or has the same secondary effect) opposing lanes of travel or prevent motor
vehicles from changing lanes.
Enter Other when the location of the first harmful event occurs off of a trafficway (e.g., on
private property that is not a roadway, in a private driveway, etc.).
Use Other when a vehicle in-transport on a roadway impacts another vehicle (not in-transport)
or its cargo where the cargo protrudes onto the roadway (e.g., side mirrors or a door opened
from a parked vehicle in a parking lane).
On Roadway - The roadway is that part of a trafficway designed, improved and ordinarily
used for motor vehicle travel or, where various classes of motor vehicles are segregated, that
part of a trafficway used by a particular class. Separate roadways may be provided for
northbound and southbound traffic or for trucks and automobiles. The roadway and any
shoulder alongside the roadway together make up the road.
A Shoulder is that part of a trafficway contiguous with the roadway for emergency use, for
accommodation of stopped vehicles and for lateral support of the roadway structure.
A Median is defined as that area of a divided trafficway between parallel roads separating the
travelways for traffic in opposite directions. The principal functions of a median are to provide
the desired freedom from interference of opposing traffic, to provide a recovery area for
out-of-control vehicles, to provide a stopping area in case of emergencies, to provide for
speed change and storage of left-turning and U-turning vehicles, and to minimize headlight
glare. Medians may be depressed, raised or flush. Flush medians can be as little as 4-feet
wide between roadway edgelines. Painted roadway edgelines four (4) or more feet wide
denote medians. Medians of lesser width must have a barrier to be considered a median.
Continuous left-turn lanes are considered medians.
The Roadside refers to a location off the roadway, but inside the right-of-way. It is the
outermost part of the trafficway which lay between the outer property line or other barrier and
the edge of the first road encountered in the trafficway. Use this element if the first harmful
event occurs in a raised or painted island (directional or channeling).
Off Roadway - Location Unknown refers to a location off the roadway, but its relationship to
the right-of-way is not known.
In Parking Lane refers to a strip of road located on the roadway or next to the roadway, on
which parking is permitted. This includes curb-side and edge-of-roadway parking (for
example, legal residential parking, city street parking, etc.). Sometimes a strip of roadway can
be designated for parking at certain hours of the day (parking lane) and for regular travel at
other hours (travel lane). This code should not be used during hours when parking is NOT
permitted.
Gore is an area of land where two roadways diverge or converge. The area is bounded on
two sides by the edges of the roadway, which join at the point of divergence or convergence.
The direction of traffic must be the same on both of these roadways. The area includes
SHOULDERS or marked pavement if any, between the roadways. The third side is 60 meters
(approximately 200 feet) from the point of divergence or convergence or, if any other road is
within 70 meters (230 feet) of that point, a line 10 meters (33 feet) from the nearest edge of
such road.
Gore Inclusions:
Gore Exclusions:
A Separator is the area of a trafficway between parallel roads separating travel in the same
direction or separating a frontage road from other roads. A Separator may be a physical
barrier or a depressed, raised, flush or vegetated area between roads.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA008 RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10) TRAFFICWAY FLOW (A11) must
equals 3 not equal 1, 3 or 9.
Warnings
IF THEN
AA024 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT should not equal 1.
(A06) equals 31-46, 58 or 59
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP001 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 01-09, 11,12, 19, 20 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 1
AP002 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 08, 18, 98 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 2 or 7
AP003 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 08, 18, 98 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 3
AP004 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 09, 19 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 99
Long Name: What are the light conditions at the time of the crash?
Element Values:
1 26646 1 Daylight
2 26647 2 Dark
3 26648 3 Dark, But Lighted
4 26649 4 Dawn
5 26650 5 Dusk
n/a n/a 6 Dawn or Dusk (If Not Separated)
6 26652 9 Unknown
Remarks:
If the police report contains more than one coded, shaded or checked response for light
conditions (e.g., "dark" and "dusk"), then enter Unknown.
When dawn and dusk are both marked on the PAR, use the time of day to select either dawn
or dusk.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA003 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) must not equal
5 2200-2400, 0001-1400 or 1499.
AA062 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) must not equal 1000-
2 1500 or 1599.
AA066 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) must not equal 2200-
1 2400, 0001-0300 or 0399.
AA079 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) must not equal 1000-
4 2400, 0001-0300 or 0399.
Warnings
IF THEN
AA006 TIME (A02) equals 1000-1500 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) should
equal 1 or 9.
AA068 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should not equal 1000-
3 1500 or 1599.
AA074 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should equal 0500-
1 2100, 2199 or 9999.
AA078 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should equal 1600-
2 2400, 0100-0900, 0999 or 9999.
AA080 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should equal 0400-
4 0900, 0999 or 9999.
AA082 LIGHT CONDITION (A19) equals TIME (A02) should equal 1600-
5 2100, 2199 or 9999.
Long Name: What are the atmospheric conditions at the time of the crash?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter Other: Smog, Smoke, Blowing Sand/Snow/ Dust, Crosswind, Hail, Etc. when
precipitation or particle dispersion has affected the driver's visual ability or the vehicle's
controllability.
Enter Rain when the PAR indicates it is raining during the crash. This includes freezing rain.
Enter Unknown when the police report does not indicate an atmospheric condition or
indicates the atmospheric condition is unknown.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AD150 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION DRIVER'S VISION OBSCURED
(A20) equals 1 BY (D04) must not equal 15.
Warnings
IF THEN
AA028 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION ROADWAY SURFACE
(A20) equals 2-4 or 6-7 CONDITION (A15) should not
equal 1, 5, 8 or 9.
Screen Name: -
Long Name: -
Oracle Name: -
Element Values:
0000000000000000000 No VIN
* Unknown
Remarks:
Code the entire VIN; leave "Blank" any column which does not have a VIN character. If part
of the VIN is missing or not decipherable, leave the column any such character would
ordinarily occupy "Blank."
Use * (Unknown) when the entire VIN is unknown or missing. Use this element if the PAR
does not provide the VIN.
Enter "00000000000000000" (No VIN) if the vehicle is a type which has no VIN (e.g., go-cart).
If the vehicle is a motor home or school bus, enter the vehicle chassis VIN; the secondary
manufacturer's number must not be encoded. If the vehicle is manufactured by the Ford Motor
Company and the VIN begins or ends with a script, "f", the "f" is not entered. Proceed to the
next character, as in the example below.
VIN: f 3 U 6 2 S 1 0 0 9 3 2 f
ENTER: 3 U 6 2 S 1 0 0 9 3 2
In addition, if any hyphens or periods are contained in the string of alphanumeric characters,
ignore them as in the example below.
VIN: S M - E . 3 0 7 6 4 2 1
ENTER: S M E 3 0 7 6 4 2 1
Vehicles manufactured after September 1980 conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 115. This standard requires that each VIN have 17 characters, not contain the
letters "I", "O" or "Q", and pass a mathematical test.
If the information from PC VINA or VINASSIST and the PAR are inconsistent, use the
following guidelines.
Make and model on the PAR takes precedence over the make and model indicated
by the VIN.
Model year - Use model year as indicated by VIN if the Vin Make and Model
matches the make and model shown on the PAR .
Body type - Use body type indicated by the VIN if the Vin Make and Model
matches the make and model shown on the PAR.
If the information about make and model on the PAR is inconsistent, model takes precedence
over the make.
Element Values:
ACURA 54 54
ALFA ROMEO 31 31
AM GENERAL 3 3
AMC 1 1
ASTON MARTIN 6901 69
AUDI 32 32
AUSTIN / AUSTIN HEALEY 33 33
AVANTI 2902 29
BERTONE 6918 69
BMW 34 34
BRICKLIN 6902 69
BUICK 18 18
CADILLAC 19 19
CHECKER 2903 29
CHEVROLET 20 20
CHRYSLER 6 6
CITREON 6903 69
CONSULIER 2909 29
EAGLE 10 10
EXCALIBER 2905 29
FERRARI 6905 69
FIAT 36 36
FORD 12 12
GMC 23 23
GRUMMAN 25 25
HILLMAN 6906 69
HONDA 37 37
HUDSON 2907 29
HYUNDAI 55 55
IMPERIAL 8 8
INFINITI 58 58
ISUZU 38 38
JAGUAR 39 39
JEEP / KAISER-JEEP 2 2
JENSEN 6907 69
KIA 63 63
LADA 6919 69
LAMBORGHINI 6908 69
LANCIA 40 40
LAND ROVER 62 62
LEXUS 59 59
LINCOLN 13 13
LOTUS 6909 69
MASERATI 6910 69
MAZDA 41 41
MERCEDES BENZ 42 42
MERCURY 14 14
MERKUR 56 56
MG 43 43
MITSUBISHI 52 52
MORGAN 6920 69
MORRIS 6911 69
NISSAN / DATSUN 35 35
OLDSMOBILE 21 21
OTHER DOMESTIC MANUFACTURER 29 29
OTHER FOREIGN MANUFACTURER 69 69
PACKARD 2908 29
PEUGEOT 44 44
PLYMOUTH 9 9
PONTIAC 22 22
PORSCHE 45 45
RELIANT 6917 69
RENAULT/AMC 46 46
ROLLS ROYCE/BENTLEY 6912 69
SAAB 47 47
SATURN 24 24
SIMCA 6913 69
SINGER 6921 69
STERLING 61 61
STUDEBAKER 2901 29
STUTZ 2906 29
SUBARU 48 48
SUNBEAM 6914 69
SUZUKI 53 53
TOYOTA 49 49
TRIUMPH 50 50
TVR 6915 69
VOLKSWAGON 30 30
VOLVO 51 51
YUGO 57 57
Motored Cycle/ATC/ATV
BSA 70 70
DUCATI 71 71
HARLEY-DAVIDSON 72 72
KAWASAKI 73 73
MOTO-GUZZI 74 74
NORTON 75 75
OTHER MAKE MOPED 78 78
OTHER MAKE MOTORED CYCLE 79 79
YAMAHA 76 76
Also See:
BMW 34 34
HONDA 37 37
PEUGEOT 44 44
TRIUMPH 50 50
SUZUKI 53 53
AUTO-UNION-DKW 9802 98
AUTOCAR 9801 98
BROCKWAY 80 80
DIAMOND REO/REO 81 81
DIVCO 9803 98
FREIGHTLINER/WHITE 82 82
FWD 83 83
HINO 9806 98
INTERNATIONAL HARVESTER/NAVISTAR 84 84
IVECO/MAGIRUS 88 88
KENWORTH 85 85
MACK 86 86
MARMON 9808 98
NEOPLAN 9810 98
OSHKOSH 9805 98
OTHER MAKE 15691 98
PETERBILT 87 87
SCANIA 9807 98
See Also:
AM GENERAL 3 3
DODGE 7 7
FORD 12 12
CHEVROLET 20 20
GMC 23 23
GRUMMAN 25 25
NISSAN / DATSUN 35 35
FIAT 36 36
ISUZU 38 38
MERCEDES BENZ 42 42
VOLVO 51 51
MITSUBISHI 52 52
Unknown
UNKNOWN MANUFACTURER 99 99
Remarks:
Note that for both V03, Vehicle Make, and V04, Vehicle Model, the use of the terms "other"
and "unknown" have very specific meanings. "Other" refers to a make or model which is
known but is not explicitly listed. "Unknown" refers to the situation where no specific make or
model is known. Selection of the proper "other" or "unknown" code can only be made with
consideration of the vehicle’s body type.
For example, if a medium/heavy truck or bus make is known and is not listed, the appropriate
model code is used. If the make is unknown but the body type is known as a "school bus", for
instance, V03, Vehicle Make, is coded Unknown Medium/Heavy Trucks and Buses
Manufacturer and V04, Vehicle Model, is coded Unknown Bus.
Unknown Manufacturer is used for a "hit-and-run" vehicle unless reliable evidence indicates
the vehicle's make.
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
PV171 AIR BAG AVAILABILITY/ VEHICLE MAKE (V03) should
FUNCTION (P21) equals 1 or 2 equal 06, 07, 09, 12, 14, 20, 21,
and BODY TYPE (V05) equals 20 22, 35, 41 or 49.
Element Values:
54 ACURA
31 ALFA ROMEO
3 AM GENERAL
1 AMC
32 AUDI
A8 96-98 6805 44
OTHER AUTOMOBILE 818 398
UNKNOWN AUTOMOBILE 819 399
UNKNOWN VEHICLE 820 999
TT 2000-2000 20200
9802 AUTO-UNION-DKW
9801 AUTOCAR
2902 AVANTI
6918 BERTONE
34 BMW
6902 BRICKLIN
80 BROCKWAY
70 BSA
18 BUICK
19 CADILLAC
2903 CHECKER
20 CHEVROLET
6 CHRYSLER
6903 CITREON
2909 CONSULIER
20212 DAEWOO
60 DAIHATSU
6904 DELOREAN
2904 DESOTO
6916 DESTA
81 DIAMOND REO/REO
9803 DIVCO
7 DODGE
71 DUCATI
10 EAGLE
2905 EXCALIBER
6905 FERRARI
36 FIAT
12 FORD
82 FREIGHTLINER/WHITE
83 FWD
23 GMC
25 GRUMMAN
72 HARLEY-DAVIDSON
6906 HILLMAN
9806 HINO
9806 HINO
37 HONDA
2907 HUDSON
55 HYUNDAI
8 IMPERIAL
58 INFINITI
84 INTERNATIONAL HARVESTER/NAVISTAR
38 ISUZU
88 IVECO/MAGIRUS
39 JAGUAR
2 JEEP / KAISER-JEEP
6907 JENSEN
73 KAWASAKI
85 KENWORTH
63 KIA
6919 LADA
6908 LAMBORGHINI
40 LANCIA
62 LAND ROVER
59 LEXUS
13 LINCOLN
6909 LOTUS
86 MACK
9808 MARMON
6910 MASERATI
41 MAZDA
42 MERCEDES BENZ
14 MERCURY
56 MERKUR
43 MG
52 MITSUBISHI
6911 MORRIS
74 MOTO-GUZZI
9810 NEOPLAN
35 NISSAN / DATSUN
75 NORTON
21 OLDSMOBILE
9805 OSHKOSH
9805 OSHKOSH
87 PETERBILT
44 PEUGEOT
9 PLYMOUTH
22 PONTIAC
45 PORSCHE
6917 RELIANT
46 RENAULT/AMC
47 SAAB
9807 SCANIA
6913 SIMCA
61 STERLING
2901 STUDEBAKER
2906 STUTZ
48 SUBARU
6914 SUNBEAM
53 SUZUKI
49 TOYOTA
50 TRIUMPH
6915 TVR
99 UNKNOWN MANUFACTURER
30 VOLKSWAGON
51 VOLVO
76 YAMAHA
57 YUGO
Element Values:
AUTOMOBILES
AUTOMOBILE DERIVATIVES
UTILITY VEHICLES
30 30 Compact Pickup (D50, Colt P/U, Ram 50, Ram 100, Dakota,
Arrow Pickup (foreign), Ranger, Courier, S-10, T-10, LUV,
S-15, T-15, Sonoma, Datsun/Nissan Pickup, P'up, Mazda
Pickup, Toyota Pickup, Mitsubishi Pickup)
31 31 Large Pickup (Jeep Pickup, Comanche, Ram Pickup,
D100-D350, W100-W350, F100-F350, C10-C35, K10-K35,
R10-R35, V10-V35, Silverado, Sierra, R100-R500, T100)
32 32 Pickup With Slide-In Camper
33 33 Convertible Pickup
39 39 Unknown (Pickup Style) Light Conventional Truck
BUSES
60 60 Step Van
61 (61) Single Unit Straight Truck (4500kg < GVWR <= 8850kg)
62 (62) Single Unit Straight Truck (8850kg < GVWR <= 12000kg)
63 (63) Single Unit Straight Truck (GVWR > 12000kg)
64 (64) Single Unit Straight Truck (GVWR Unknown)
n/a 64 Single Unit Straight Truck
65 65 Medium/Heavy Truck Based Motorhome
n/a 66 Truck-Tractor (Cab only or with any number of trailing units)
67 (67) Truck-Tractor With No Cargo Trailer
68 (68) Truck-Tractor Pulling One Trailer
69 (69) Truck-Tractor Pulling Two or More Trailers
70 (70) Truck-Tractor (Unknown if Pulling Trailer)
78 78 Unknown Medium/Heavy Truck Type
79 79 Unknown Truck Type (light/medium/heavy)
80 80 Motorcycle
81 81 Moped (motorized bicycle)
82 82 Three Wheeled Motorcycle or Moped
88 88 Other Motored Cycle Type (minibike, motorscooter)
89 89 Unknown Motored Cycle Type
OTHER VEHICLES
* The screen values displayed are determined by the make and model of vehicle selected.
For example, if the make/model selected is Cadillac/Catera, only AUTOMOBILE body types
are displayed. The screen values for the body types displayed are sequential numbers
beginning with one (1).
Remarks:
AUTOMOBILES
These attributes are used to classify different types of passenger cars. These type of light
vehicles, referred to as automobiles, are designed primarily to transport passengers.
Convertible (excludes sun-roof and t-bar) refers to a passenger car equipped with a
removable or retractable roof. To qualify for this code, the entire roof must open. Convertible
roofs are generally fabric; however, removable hardtops are also included. This code takes
priority over 2-door or 4-door codes.
2-door sedan, hardtop, coupe refers to a passenger car equipped with two doors for
ingress/egress and a separate trunk area for cargo (i.e., trunk lid hinged below the backlight).
Folding rear seats do not necessarily violate the separate "trunk area" concept.
3-door/2-door hatchback refers to a passenger car equipped with two doors for
ingress/egress and a rear hatch opening for cargo (i.e., hinged above the backlight). The
cargo area is not permanently partitioned from the passenger compartment area.
3-door coupe refers to a passenger car equipped with three doors for ingress/egress in which
2 of the doors are located on the driver's side and a separate trunk area for cargo(i.e., trunk lid
hinged below the backlight). Folding rear seats do not necessarily violate the separate "trunk
area" concept.
4-door sedan, hardtop refers to a passenger car equipped with four doors for ingress/egress
and a separate trunk area for cargo (i.e., trunk lid hinged below the backlight). Folding rear
seats do not necessarily violate the separate "trunk area" concept.
5-door/4-door hatchback refers to a passenger car equipped with four doors for
ingress/egress and a rear hatch opening for cargo (i.e., hinged above the backlight). The
cargo area is not permanently partitioned from the passenger compartment area.
Station wagon (excluding van and truck based) refers to a passenger car with an enlarged
cargo area. The entire roof covering the cargo area is generally equal in height from front to
rear and full height side glass is installed between the C and D-pillars. The rearmost area is
not permanently partitioned from the forward passenger compartment area (e.g., "horizontal
window shades" to hide cargo do not constitute partitions).
Hatchback, number of doors unknown refers to a passenger car with an unknown number of
doors for ingress/egress and a rear hatch opening for cargo (i.e., hinged above the backlight).
The cargo area is not permanently partitioned from the passenger compartment area.
Other Automobile Type refers to any passenger car that cannot be described by other
automobile codes.
Unknown Automobile Type is used when it is known that the vehicle is a passenger car, but
there is insufficient data to determine the type.
AUTOMOBILE DERIVATIVES
This describes certain passenger cars that have been modified to perform cargo-related
tasks.
Auto based pickup (includes El Camino, Caballero, Ranchero, Brat, and Rabbit pickup)
refers to a passenger car based, pickup type vehicle. The roof area (and side glass) rearward
of the front seats on a station wagon have been removed and converted into a pickup-type
cargo box.
Auto based panel (cargo station wagon, auto based ambulance/hearse) refers to an
automotive station wagon that may have sheet metal rearward of the B-pillar rather than
glass.
Large Limousine - more than four side doors or stretched chassis refers to an automobile
that has sections added within its wheelbase to increase length and passenger/cargo carrying
capacity.
Multi-purpose vehicles (MPV) are designed to have off-road capabilities. These vehicles
are: generally four wheel drive (4 x 4), have increased ground clearance, and are equipped
with a strong frame. Four wheel drive automobiles are not considered MPVs.
Compact Utility (Jeep CJ-2 - CJ-7, Scrambler, Golden Eagle, Renegade, Laredo, Wrangler,
Cherokee (84 and after), Dispatcher, Raider, Bronco II, Bronco (before 77), Explorer, S-10
Blazer, Geo Tracker, Bravada, S-15 Jimmy, Thing, Pathfinder, Trooper, Trooper II, Rodeo,
Amigo, Navajo, 4-Runner, Montero, Passport, Samurai, Sidekick, and Rocky) refers to a short
wheelbase and narrow tracked multi-purpose vehicle designed to operate in rugged terrain.
Large Utility (Jeep Cherokee (83 and before), Ramcharger, Trailduster, Bronco-full size (78
and after), full size Blazer, full size Jimmy, Hummer, Land Cruiser, Rover, Scout, and Yukon)
refers to fullsize multi-purpose vehicles primarily designed around a shortened pickup truck
chassis. Generally a station wagon style body, some model are equipped with a removable
top.
Utility Station Wagon (Chevrolet Suburban, GMC Suburban, Travelall, Grand Wagoneer,
includes suburban limousine) refers primarily to a pickup truck based chassis enlarged to a
station wagon.
Utility Vehicle, Unknown Body Type is used when it is known that the vehicle is a utility
vehicle, but there is insufficient data to determine the specific type.
Light trucks ( 4,536 kg GVWR) are designed to maximize cargo/passenger area versus
overall length. Basically a "box on wheels", these vehicles are identifiable by their enclosed
cargo/passenger area and relatively short (or non-existent) hood.
Minivan (Town and Country, Caravan, Grand Caravan, Voyager, Grand Voyager, Mini-Ram,
Vista, Aerostar, Windstar, Villager, Lumina APV, Trans Sport, Silhouette, Astro, Safari, Toyota
Van, Toyota Minivan, Previa, Nissan Minivan, Quest, Mitsubishi Minivan, Expo Wagon,
Vanagon/Camper) refers to down-sized cargo or passenger vans.
Large Van (B150-B350, Sportsman, Royal, Maxiwagon, Ram, Tradesman, Voyager (83 and
before), E150-E350, Econoline, Clubwagon, Chateau, G10-G30, Chevy Van, Beauville, Sport
Van, G15-G35, Rally Van, Vandura) refers to a standard cargo or passenger van. These
vans will generally have a larger capacity in both volume and GVWR.
Step Van or Walk-In Van ( 4,536 kg GVWR) refers to a multi-stop delivery vehicle with a
GVWR less than or equal to 4,536 kilograms. Examples are the Grumman LLV used by the
US Postal Service ofrhte Aeromate manufactured by Utilimaster Motor Corporation.
Van Based Motorhome ( 4,536 kg GVWR) refers to a van where the chassis and cab
portions from the B-pillar forward of this vehicle are the same as in attributes minivans, large
van, step van; however, a frame mounted recreational unit is added behind the driver/cab
area. This code takes priority over attributes minivan and large van.
Van Based School Bus ( 4,536 kg GVWR) is a passenger van designed to carry students
(passengers) to and from educational facilities and/or related functions. The vehicles are
characteristically painted yellow and clearly identified as school buses. Use this code
regardless of whether the vehicle is owned by a school system or a private company. Van
based school buses converted for other uses (e.g., church bus) also use this code.
Van Based Other Bus ( 4,536 kg GVWR) is a van derivative (e.g., taxi, small local transit)
designed to carry passengers for low occupancy functions or purposes. Van based school
buses do not use this code.
Other Van Type (Hi-Cube Van, Kary) refers to a cargo or delivery van where the chassis and
cab portions from the B-pillar forward of this vehicle are the same as in Minivans or Large
Vans with a frame mounted cargo area unit added behind the driver/cab area or if the van
cannot be described as a Minivan, Large Van, Step-van or a Van-based motorhome.
Annotate the van type when using this code. This code take priority over Minivans and Large
Vans.
Unknown Van Type is used when it is known that this vehicle is a light van, but its specific
type cannot be determined.
Light Conventional Trucks are used to describe vehicles commonly referred to as pickup
trucks and some of their derivatives. These light trucks are characteristically designed with a
small cab containing a single row of seats (extended cabs with additional seats are available
for some models), a large hood covering a conventional engine placement, and a separate
open box area (approximately 180 to 240 centimeters long) for cargo.
Compact Pickup (D50, Colt P/U, Ram 50, Ram 100, Dakota, Arrow Pickup (foreign), Ranger,
Courier, S-10, T-10, LUV, S-15, T-15, Sonoma, Datsun/Nissan Pickup, P'up, Mazda Pickup,
Toyota Pickup, Mitsubishi Pickup) is used to describe a pickup truck having a width of 178
centimeters or less.
Large Pickup (Jeep Pickup, Comanche, Ram Pickup, D100-D350, W100-W350, F100-F350,
C10-C35, K10-K35, R10-R35, V10-V35, Silverado, Sierra, R100-R500, T100) is used to
describe a pickup truck having a width of greater than 178 centimeters.
Pickup with Slide-in Camper is used to describe any pickup truck that is equipped with a
slide-in camper. A slide-in camper is a unit that mounts within a pickup bed. Pickup bed
caps, tonneau covers or frame mounted campers are not applicable for this code.
Convertible Pickup refers to a pickup truck equipped with a removable or retractable roof.
To qualify for this code, the entire roof must open. Convertible roofs are generally fabric;
however, removable hardtops are also included. This code takes priority over compact and
large pickups.
Unknown Pickup Style Light Conventional Truck is used when this vehicle is a Light
Conventional Truck, but there is insufficient data to determine the specific code.
Other Light Trucks are used to describe vehicles that are based upon a conventional light
pickup frame, but a commercial or recreational body has been affixed to the frame rather than
a pickup box.
Cab Chassis Based (includes rescue vehicles, light stake, dump and tow truck) is used to
describe a light vehicle with a pickup style cab and a commercial (non-pickup) body attached
to the frame. Included are pickup based ambulances and tow trucks.
Truck Based Panel is used to describe a truck based station wagon that has sheet metal
rather than glass above the beltline rearward of the B-pillars.
Light Truck Based Motorhome (chassis mounted) is used to describe a frame mounted
recreational unit attached to a light van or conventional chassis.
Other Light Conventional Truck Type is used for light conventional trucks that cannot be
described elsewhere.
Unknown Light Truck Type is used when it is known that the vehicle is a light truck chassis
based vehicle but insufficient data exist to specify what type of light truck it is.
Unknown Light Vehicle Type (automobile, utility, van or light truck) is used when it is known
that the vehicle is a light vehicle, but insufficient data exists to specify what type of light truck it
is.
Buses are defined as any medium/heavy motor vehicle designed primarily to transport large
groups of passengers.
School Bus (designed to carry students, not cross country or transit) is a bus designed to
carry passengers to and from educational facilities and/or related functions. The vehicles are
characteristically painted yellow and clearly identified as school buses. Use this code
regardless of whether the vehicle is owned by a school system or a private company. School
buses converted for other uses (e.g., church bus) also take this code.
Other Bus Type (e.g., transit, intercity, bus based motorhome) is a transport device designed
to carry passengers for longer periods of time. These vehicle may be classified as
over-the-road, transit, intercity, bus related motorhome (other than school bus based) or other.
Unknown Bus Type is used when it is known the transport device is a bus but there is
insufficient data to choose between attributes School Bus or Other Bus Type.
Medium/Heavy Trucks describe a single unit truck specifically designed for carrying cargo on
the same chassis as the cab.
They pertain to a truck-tractor designed for towing trailers or semi-trailers. Although towing is
their primary purpose, some truck-tractors are equipped with cargo areas located rearward of
the cab.
Step Van (>4,536 kg GVWR) defines a single unit enclosed body with a GVWR greater than
4,536 kilograms and an integral driver's compartment and cargo area. Step vans are
generally equipped with a folding driver seat mounted on a pedestal and a sliding door for
easy ingress/egress.
Single Unit Straight Truck describes a non-articulated truck designed to carry cargo. The
gross vehicle weight rating of the vehicle must exceed 4,536 kilograms.
Truck-Tractor (Cab only or with any number of trailing units) describes a fifth wheel equipped
tractor-trailer power unit. The number of trailing units is not a consideration.
Unknown Truck Type (light/medium/heavy) is used when it is known that this vehicle is a
truck, but there is insufficient data to classify the vehicle further.
Motorcycle is used when the vehicle is a two-wheeled open (i.e., no enclosed body) vehicle
propelled by an internal combustion engine. Motorcycles equipped with a side car also use
this code.
Moped (motorized bicycle) is used when the vehicle is a motorized bicycle capable of moving
either by pedaling or by an internal combustion engine.
Other Motored Cycle (minibike, motor scooter) is used when the vehicle in question does not
qualify for attributes motorcycle, moped, three-wheeled motorcycle or moped ( e.g., motor
scooter).
Unknown Motored Cycle Type is used when it is known that the vehicle is a motored cycle,
but no further data is available.
OTHER VEHICLES
Other Vehicles describes all motored vehicles that are designed primarily for off-road use.
ATV (All-Terrain Vehicle) and ATC (All-Terrain Cycle) is used for off-road recreational
vehicles which cannot be licensed for use on public roadways. ATVs have 4 or more wheels
and ATCs have 2 or 3 wheels. Generally, the tires have low pressure and wide profile (i.e.,
flotation/balloon).
Farm Equipment Other Than Trucks refers to farming implements other than trucks
propelled by an internal combustion engine (e.g., farm tractors, combines, etc.).
Construction Equipment Other Than Trucks refers to construction equipment other than
trucks propelled by an internal combustion engine (e.g., bulldozer, roadgrader, etc.).
Other Vehicle Type is used when the motorized vehicle in question does not qualify for
Construction equipment other than trucks, Farm equipment other than trucks, Snowmobile,
ATV (All-Terrain Vehicle) and ATC (All-Terrain Cycle) (e.g., go-kart, dune buggy, "kit"car,
motorized wheelchair, etc.).
Unknown Body Type is used when there is no available information regarding the type of
vehicle. This lack of information prohibits the accurate classification of this vehicle within one
of the preceding codes.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV149 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one ROLLOVER TYPE
equals 01 and BODY TYPE (V05) (V30) must equal 10, 20-23, 28, 29
equal to 80-89 or 99.
PV011 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 1 BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
and AGE (P07) is less than 08 01-07, 09-60, 64-66, 78-79 or 93.
PV066 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15) BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
equals 1-3 or 6 80-89 or 90.
PV125 EJECTION (P06) equals 1or 2 BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
80-89, 90 or 91.
VP207 If BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-91 EJECTION (P06) must equal 0.
and NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS
(V10) is greater than 00
VV003 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 01 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal
02-09, 12, 17, 20-29 or 49.
VV006 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 02 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal
14-16, 19, 20, 21, 24- 25, 28-29,
45, 48-49, 50 or 58-59.
VV009 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-89 SPECIAL USE (V08) must not
equal 01-03, 06, 07 or 10.
VV010 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 03 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal
14-16, 19, 20, 21, 24-25, 28-29, 45,
48, 49, 50-59 or 99.
VV013 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 06, 11, NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (V10)
14 or 15 must not be greater than 22.
VV025 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 06 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal 08,
11, 12, 14-16, 19, 20-21, 28-29,
40-41, 48-49, 60, 79, 97 or 99.
VV085 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 25 or SPECIAL USE (V08) must not
58 equal 00 or 02.
VV086 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 59 SPECIAL USE (V08) must equal
99.
VV101 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 92 SPECIAL USE (V08) must equal
11.
VV102 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 11 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal 92.
VV111 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-89 ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) must
equal 00.
VV112 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 93 SPECIAL USE (V08) must equal
12.
VV113 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 12 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal 93.
VV116 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) must not
equals 01 and BODY TYPE (V05) equal 00.
does not equal 80-89
VV145 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) BODY TYPE (V05) must equal 50,
equals 01 58 or 59.
VV163 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 99 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
equal 99.
VV164 BODY TYPE (V05) is not equal to CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
50-64, 66-79 or 99 equal 00.
VV174 VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) equals CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
1 and BODY TYPE (V05) equals equal 98.
66
VV220 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 50, CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
59-64, 66-79 or 99 not equal 00.
VV221 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 60, 64 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
or 66-79 and SPECIAL USE (V08) equal 98.
equals 07
VV248 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 50 or CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
59 equal 01.
VV249 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 58 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
equal 01 or 98.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV100 STRATUM (A23) equals 3 or 4 MANNER OF LEAVING SCENE
and BODY TYPE (V05) equals (V19) should not equal 2 or 3.
01-49
PV068 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15) BODY TYPE (V05) should equal
equals 5 80-90.
VV030 VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) equals BODY TYPE (V05) should not
2 equal 50-58, 80-89, 90 or 91.
VV084 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 24 or SPECIAL USE (V08) should equal
50 02.
VV114 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 10 BODY TYPE (V05) should equal
11.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV145 STRATUM (A23) equals 1 at least one BODY TYPE (V05)
should equal 01-49.
AV236 SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21) at least one BODY TYPE (V05)
equals 1 should equal 24 or 50.
PV188 (any) INJURY SEVERITY (P09) STRATUM (A23) should equal 02.
equals 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and (any)
BODY TYPE (V05) equals 60-79
PV233 INJURY SEVERITY (P09) equals STRATUM (A23) should not equal
1 and at least one BODY TYPE 4.
(V23) equals 60-79
VP224 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-90 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15)
and there is at least one PERSON must equal 0, 5 or 9.
TYPE (P03) equal to 1 or 2
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter the model year for which the vehicle was manufactured.
Enter "1940" for all vehicles manufactured for the 1940 model year or before (i.e., 1939, 1938,
etc.).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Model Year (V06) C 136
Vehicles General/General Vehicle Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PV196 AIR BAG AVAILABILITY/ MODEL YEAR (V06) must be
FUNCTION (P21) equals 1 or 2 greater than 1991.
and BODY TYPE (V05) equals
14-19, 21-29, 48 or 49
Warnings
IF THEN
VP174 UNLIKELY: AIR BAG AVAILABILITY/FUNCTION (P21) is equal to 1 or 2
when MODEL YEAR (V06) is less then 1972.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Model Year (V06) C 137
Vehicles General/General Vehicle Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
Any unit that trails behind a power unit is a trailing unit. Examples of trailing units include:
horse trailers, fifth wheel trailers, travel trailers, camper trailers, boat trailers, truck trailers
(semi, full, log, tanker, etc), towed motor vehicles or any other trailer.
This variable is attempting to determine if the vehicle was towing a trailing unit. If the linkage
is fixed, then the trailing unit is considered a towed unit. If the linkage is not fixed (e.g., one
vehicle is pulling another using a rope), then each vehicle is considered to be separate.
Enter No Trailing Units when this vehicle was not towing a wheeled unit.
Enter One Trailing Unit when one unit was being towed by this vehicle.
Enter Two Trailing Units when this vehicle was towing two units.
Enter Three or More Trailing Units when this vehicle was towing three or more units.
Enter Yes, Number of Units Unknown when it is known that there was a towed unit but the
number can not be determined.
Enter Unknown when this vehicle is not CDS applicable and it can not be determined from
any information on the PAR if a unit was being towed.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV106 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) for the
equals 05 involved vehicle must not equal 1.
VV174 VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) equals CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
1 and BODY TYPE (V05) equals equal 98.
66
Warnings
IF THEN
VV030 VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) equals BODY TYPE (V05) should not
2 equal 50-58, 80-89, 90 or 91.
V14 JACKKNIFE
Element Values:
Remarks:
Jackknife can occur at any time during the crash sequence. This variable includes jackknife
for all vehicle/trailer combinations (e.g., light utility vehicle/trailer combination).
Uncontrolled Articulation (jackknife) occurs when the tractor does not follow directly behind
the truck - tractor (tracking), and the driver did not initiate the "non-tracking" situation.
Turning and backing are examples of driver initiated "non-tracking" controlled articulation and
are not coded as a jackknife.
Enter No Jackknife Noted on the PAR when no uncontrolled articulation was reported
between a vehicle and trailer. In addition, enter "No" when it is unknown if an uncontrolled
articulation occurred.
Enter Jackknife Occurred when an uncontrolled articulation between a vehicle and trailer
occurred during the crash. The uncontrolled articulation (Jackknife) can occur at any time
during the crash sequence.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV005 JACKKNIFE (V14) equals 1 VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) must
not equal 1 or 6.
IF THEN
AV105 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) JACKKNIFE (V14) for the involved
equals 05 vehicle must equal 1.
Long Name: What is the trafficway flow for this vehicle’s trafficway?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter Not Physically Divided (Two Way Trafficway) when the PAR indicates that the
trafficway was not divided and traffic travels in opposing directions.
Although gores separate roadways and traffic islands (associated with channels) separate
travel lanes, neither is involved in the determination of trafficway flow.
Enter Divided Highway, (Median Strip, Barrier, Etc.) whenever a trafficway division is
reported. It is presumed that the traffic travels in but one direction on this vehicle’s roadway.
Enter One Way Trafficway whenever the trafficway is undivided and traffic flows in but one
direction (e.g., one-way streets). However, this code can also be used where a median
division is present so long as all the traffic on the trafficway goes in the same direction. An
example occurs where the opposing roadway of the same named trafficway had to be split by
such a distance that the right-of-way divides to accommodate other property.
Use this code for entrance/exit ramps where traffic is permitted to flow in only one direction.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA008 RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10) TRAFFICWAY FLOW (A11) must
equals 3 not equal 1, 3 or 9.
Warnings
IF THEN
AA019 INTERSTATE HIGHWAY (A08) TRAFFICWAY FLOW (A11) should
equals 1 and RELATION TO not equal 3.
JUNCTION (A09) is not equal to
14
Post Entry
IF THEN
AA244 MANNER OF COLLISION (A07) for at least one vehicle,
equals 2 and TRAFFICWAY MOVEMENT PRIOR TO CRITICAL
FLOW (All) equals 3 EVENT (V21) should equal 00 or
97.
Long Name: What is the number of travel lanes for this vehicle’s roadway?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter the value indicated on the PAR. If traffic flows in both directions and is undivided, code
the total number of lanes in both directions. If the trafficway is divided into two or more
roadways, code only the number of lanes for the roadway on which this vehicle was traveling.
Be aware that the PAR may indicate the total number of lanes on the divided trafficway.
The number of lanes counted does not include any which are rendered unusable by restriction
of the right-of-way (e.g., closed due to construction).
Enter Unknown when the PAR contains no information regarding the number of travel lanes.
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AA018 INTERSTATE HIGHWAY (A08) NUMBER OF TRAVEL LANES
equals 1 and RELATION TO (A12) should not equal 1.
JUNCTION (A09) is not equal to
14
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Number of Travel Lanes (A12) C 145
Vehicles Roadway
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Number of Travel Lanes (A12) C 146
Vehicles Roadway
Long Name: What is the roadway alignment for this vehicle’s roadway?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter Unknown if no information is contained on the PAR or the information on the PAR is
inadequate for choosing one of the other elements.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VA090 MOVEMENT PRIOR TO ROADWAY ALIGNMENT (A13)
CRITICAL EVENT (V21) equals must equal 2.
14
Long Name: What is the roadway profile for this vehicle’s roadway?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Hillcrest refers to the area of transition between an upgrade and a downgrade as in the
following example:
Hillcrest Hillcrest
Other refers to any other profile description indicated on the PAR; for example, a "sag."
Enter Unknown if no information is contained on the PAR or the information on the PAR is
inadequate for choosing one of the other elements.
Long Name: What is the roadway surface condition for this vehicle’s roadway?
Element Values:
Remarks:
A road made of sand or dirt would be coded Dry under normal conditions, not Sand, Dirt, Oil.
Enter Unknown if no information is contained on the PAR or the information on the PAR is
inadequate for choosing one of the other elements.
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AA028 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION ROADWAY SURFACE
(A20) equals 2-4, 6 or 7 CONDITION (A15) should not
equal 1, 5, 8 or 9.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Roadway Surface Condition (A15) C 149
Vehicles Roadway
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Roadway Surface Condition (A15) C 150
Vehicles Roadway
Long Name: What is the legal speed limit for this vehicle’s roadway?
Element Values:
0 0 0 No Statutory Limit
* -9999 99 Unknown
Remarks:
Disregard advisory or other speed signs which do not indicate the legal speed limit.
Furthermore, do not confuse advisory signs on entrance/exit ramps or near intersections with
the actual legal maximum speed limit.
If a state has a statute that uniformly reduces the maximum allowable speed within or near a
construction zone, then code the indicated reduced limit.
Enter No Statutory Limit on roadways which have no statutory limit (e.g., parking lot
roadways or entrance/exits, service station entrance/exits or driveways, etc.).
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AA022 INTERSTATE HIGHWAY (A08) SPEED LIMIT (A18) should not
equals 1 and RELATION TO equal 01-40.
JUNCTN (A09) is not equal to 14
Element Values:
Remarks:
A hit-and-run may occur when a motor vehicle in-transport has contact with: (a) another motor
vehicle in-transport, (b) a motor vehicle not in-transport, (c) a motor vehicle not in-transport
which contains a non-motorist, (d) a pedestrian, (e) pedalcyclist, (f) another non-motorist or
(g) an object. Hit-and-run is only considered when a motor vehicle in-transport or its driver,
departs from the scene; therefore, fleeing pedestrians and motor vehicles not in-transport are
excluded.
It does not matter whether the hit-and-run vehicle was striking or struck. The hit-and-run
vehicle(s) is (are) the one(s) that "departed prior to investigation by the police," or that vehicle
which is "abandoned" at the scene "when its occupant(s) fled" from the area (see exceptions
below). If the police report indicates that the vehicle was involved in a collision which was
investigated, but there is no information on that vehicle or the driver/owner because of
departure prior to police arrival on-scene, then hit-and-run is indicated.
Exceptions to the "departed prior to investigation by the police" rule exist. One exception
occurs if an occupant(s) of a vehicle are taken or go directly from the scene to a medical
treatment facility or physician. If doubt exists concerning the departure for treatment, assume
hit-and-run. A second exception involves a driver who leaves the scene but furnishes name,
address, vehicle make, model, and model year such that it is recorded on the PAR and the
PAR does not indicate hit-and-run. A third exception involves vehicles which set an object in
motion such that (1) the object is contacted, before it stabilizes, by another in-transport motor
vehicle, and (2) the vehicle which set the object in motion leaves the scene without providing
the pertinent information (compare with exception two above), and (3) the PAR does not
indicate hit-and-run.
No, Did Not Leave Scene indicates the driver of the motor vehicle in-transport did not leave
the scene of the crash after the crash occurred. This element also includes exceptions (2)
and (3).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hit and Run (V02) C 152
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Yes, Driver or Car & Driver Left Scene applies when it has been determined that a
hit-and-run has occurred.
When the presence of a hit-and- run vehicle is indicated and the PAR does not state the
number of occupants, the number of occupants coded must equal 1 (the driver). If the PAR
indicates that a hit-and -run vehicle contained a known number of occupants at the time of its
involvement, then all the occupants are coded even though most of the variables will be
unknown.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VP208 HIT AND RUN (V02) equals 1 and EJECTION (P06) must equal 0.
MANNER OF LEAVING SCENE
(V19) equals 1
Warnings
IF THEN
AV013 All FIRST HARMFUL EVENT’s HIT-AND-RUN (V02) should not
(A06) equal 01-10, 31-46, 58 or equal 1.
59
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hit and Run (V02) C 153
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hit and Run (V02) C 154
Vehicles General/Travel Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
No Special Use is used when the PAR does not indicate or imply that this vehicle was
applicable to any of the special uses listed above.
Taxi is used when this vehicle was being used during this trip (at the time of the crash) on a
“fee-for-hire” basis to transport persons. Most of these vehicles will be marked and formally
registered as taxis; however, vehicles which are used as taxis, even though they are not
registered (e.g., “Gypsy Cabs”), are included here. Taxis and drivers which are off-duty at the
time of the crash are not included. If it is unknown whether or not the taxi is on-duty, use this
code.
Vehicle used as School Bus is used if this motor vehicle satisfies all of the following criteria:
Ž the vehicle is in operation at the time of the crash to and from the school or on a
school-sponsored activity or trip.
In most cases, the decision to use this code will be based on a reference to the vehicle as a
school bus on the PAR. In this situation, assume the criteria are met unless it is otherwise
stated on the PAR.
Vehicle used as Other Bus is used when a motor vehicle is designed for transporting more
than ten persons and does not satisfy the above “school bus” criteria.
Military is used for any vehicle which is owned by any of the Armed Forces regardless of
body type. This code includes:
Ž military ambulances;
Police is used for any readily identifiable (lights or markings) vehicle which is owned by any
local, county, state or federal police agency. Vehicles not owned by the agency or not readily
identifiable which are used by officers or agents (e.g., undercover) are excluded.
Ambulance is used for any readily identifiable (lights or markings) vehicles: (1) whose sole
purpose is to provide ambulance service or (2) who serve the dual purposes of a hearse –
used for funeral services, and an ambulance – used for emergency services. For these dual
purpose vehicles (ambulance/hearse), use this code only when the vehicle is used as an
ambulance.
Fire Truck and Car is used for any readily identifiable (lights or markings) vehicle which is
owned by any government (typically local) or cooperative agency for the purpose of fire
protection. For volunteer fire companies, fire fighting apparatus and other vehicles owned by
the company or government qualify for this code. Privately owned vehicles, which are not in
authorized use, even if equipped with lights, do not qualify (i.e., the volunteer firemen’s
vehicle).
Hearse is used when the vehicle is (at the time of the crash) being used to transport a dead
body and is identified as a hearse.
Farm Equipment is used when the body type of the vehicle equals “Farm Equipment other
than Trucks”. Examples of Farm Equipment include: balers, reapers, combines, and farm
tractors.
Construction Equipment is used when the body type of the vehicle equals “Construction
Equipment Other Than Trucks”. Examples of Construction Equipment include: bulldozers,
steamrollers, forklifts, etc.
Unknown is used when no information is available on the vehicle’s special use for this trip
(i.e., hit-and-run vehicle).
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV003 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 01 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal
02-09, 12, 17, 20-29 or 49.
VV006 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 02 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal
14-16, 19, 20, 21, 24-25, 28-29, 45,
48-49, 50 or 58-59.
VV009 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-89 SPECIAL USE (V08) must not
equal 01-03, 06, 07 or 10.
VV010 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 03 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal
14-16, 19, 20, 21, 24-25, 28-29, 45,
48, 49, 50-59 or 99.
VV025 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 06 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal 08,
11, 12, 14-16, 19, 20-21, 28-29,
40-41, 48-49, 60, 79, 97 or 99.
VV085 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 25 or SPECIAL USE (V08) must not
58 equal 00 or 02.
VV086 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 59 SPECIAL USE (V08) must equal
99.
VV087 EMERGENCY USE (V09) equals SPECIAL USE (V08) must equal
1 or 9 04-07.
VV101 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 92 SPECIAL USE (V08) must equal
11.
VV102 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 11 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal 92.
VV112 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 93 SPECIAL USE (V08) must equal
12.
VV113 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 12 BODY TYPE (V05) must equal 93.
VV221 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 60, 64 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
or 66-79 and SPECIAL USE (V08) equal 98.
equals 07
Warnings
IF THEN
VV048 UNLIKELY: SPECIAL USE (V08) is equal to 02, 03, 04 or 06.
VV084 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 24 or SPECIAL USE (V08) should equal
50 02.
VV114 SPECIAL USE (V08) equals 10 BODY TYPE (V05) should equal
11.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV210 SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21) at least one SPECIAL USE (V08)
equals 1 should equal 02.
VA002 SPECIAL USE (V08) for any SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21)
vehicle equals 02 must equal 1.
Long Name: Was this vehicle on an emergency run at the time of the crash?
Element Values:
1 -1, 1 0 No
2 2 1 Yes
3 3 9 Unknown
Remarks:
If the vehicle is a police vehicle, ambulance, fire truck or military vehicle (i.e., Special Use
equals “Military”, “Police”, “Ambulance” or “Fire Truck and Car”), then refer to the narrative
section of the PAR to determine if the vehicle was on an emergency run (i.e., “red lights
flashing”, “siren sounding”, “on route to hospital”, etc.) at the time of the crash. Police vehicle,
ambulance, fire truck, and military vehicle are considered applicable vehicles for purposes of
this variable.
No is used when the applicable vehicle is not on an emergency run or this vehicle is not one
of the applicable vehicles.
Unknown is used when this vehicle is an applicable vehicle but the PAR is unclear as to
whether it was on an emergency run. This code also applies if it is unknown whether the
vehicle is an applicable vehicle.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV087 EMERGENCY USE (V09) equals SPECIAL USE (V08) must equal
1 or 9 04-07.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV041 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT at least one EMERGENCY USE
TYPE (A24) equals 0230 (V09) should equal 1.
Element Values:
0 0 0 Stopped Vehicle
97, ... 97, ... (97,...) Actual Reported Speed When 97 mph or Greater
Remarks:
Code the travel speed for this vehicle; do not enter the “Speed Limit”. Do not use estimates
by other drivers or witnesses reported in the “narrative” section of the PAR.
Code the nearest mph for this vehicle as reported on the PAR. If the travel speed is reported
as a range, then code the average. Examples:
Stopped Vehicle is used when this vehicle is stopped or traveling less than 0.5 mph.
Unknown is used when the estimated travel speed is indicated unknown or not provided on
the PAR.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV213 NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
(A03) equals 02 and MANNER OF 1 or 3.
COLLISION (A07) equals 2 and
TRAVEL SPEED (V11) is greater
than 00
VV051 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals TRAVEL SPEED (V11) must equal
21, 22 or 23 0.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV012 INTERSTATE HIGHWAY (A08) TRAVEL SPEED (V11) should not
equals 1 equal 01-40.
VV031 TRAVEL SPEED (V11) equals 00 VEHICLE ROLE (V22) should not
equal 1.
VV177 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) VEHICLE ROLE (V22) should not
equals 01 and TRAVEL SPEED equal 2.
(V11) is greater than 00
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV011 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) there should be at least one
is not equal to 2, 6, 19, 21, 22, 27 vehicle with TRAVEL SPEED (V11)
or 28 > 00 or unknown.
Element Values:
Remarks:
No Fire Noted on the PAR is used when there is no mention made on the PAR of a fire to
this vehicle.
Fire Occurred In the Vehicle is used when the PAR indicates this vehicle sustained fire
damage. For the purposes of this variable, “vehicle” is defined to mean the power unit plus
any and all trailing units associated with the power unit.
This code also includes those vehicles with smoke damage but sustained no fire.
Consistency Checks:
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV009 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one vehicle should have
equals 2 FIRE OCCURRENCE (V16) equal
1.
Element Values:
1 26831 0 None
2 26832 1 Minor
3 26833 2 Functional (Moderate)
4 26834 3 Disabling (Severe)
5 26835 9 Unknown
Remarks:
None is used when there is no damage is indicated on the PAR for this vehicle.
Minor is used when this attribute is specifically indicated on the PAR. Examples of minor
damage include:
bumpers,
grills,
destroyed hubcaps.
Functional is used when the PAR specifically indicated the damage was functional. Most
States translate functional damage into moderate damage. However, moderate damage can
also be disabling. Example of functional damage include:
doors, windows, hood, and trunk lids which will not operate properly;
broken glass which obscures vision;
damage which would prevent the motor vehicle from passing an official
motor vehicle inspection;
tire damage even though the tire may be changed at the scene;
Disabling is used when the PAR specifically indicated that the damage to the vehicle renders
the vehicle not driveable. Most states translate disabling damage into severe damage.
However, moderate damage can also be disabling.
Unknown is used when the PAR specifically indicated the damage severity to be unknown or
the information on the PAR is inadequate to determine the level of severity. If the PAR is
blank or not reported, use this code unless the narrative states otherwise or a State specific
rule is applies.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV061 MANNER OF LEAVING SCENE DAMAGE SEVERITY (V18) must
(V19) equals 2 not equal 0 or 1.
Warnings
IF THEN
VV059 DAMAGE SEVERITY (V18) MANNER OF LEAVING SCENE
equals 3 (V19) should equal 2.
Long Name: What is the disposition of this vehicle at the crash scene?
Element Values:
Remarks:
The mode in which the vehicle or power unit of an articulated combination left the scene of the
crash:
Driven Away is used when the vehicle was driven from the scene of the crash. A vehicle
which is reported by the police as towed out of a ditch or snowbank and subsequently driven
away is coded here. In addition, this attribute is used if a vehicle was driven from the scene
and subsequently disabled. Do not use this attribute if this vehicle was abandoned.
Towed Due to Damage is used for any towing which is due to disabling damage caused by
this crash which prohibits vehicle movement under its own power. Towed due to damage
includes any towing, when the reason for towing is unknown. In other words, if a vehicle is
reported on the PAR as towed but it cannot be determined whether it was due to damage or
for other reasons, then the default assumption is that this vehicle was towed due to damage.
If a vehicle was pushed by hand or by another vehicle after the crash because it was not
driveable, then code this vehicle as Towed Due to Damage.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Manner of Leaving Scene (V19) C 167
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Medium/Heavy Truck (power unit only) is not towed due to damage if:
NOTE: The PAR narrative may be used to supercede and/or clarify the above information.
Towed Not Due to Damage is used when the vehicle has been towed but the towing results
from other than damage (e.g., mired vehicles, driver arrested, injured driver, etc.).
Abandoned is used when it is specifically indicated on the PAR or when the preponderance
of the information available indicates that the vehicle remained at the scene. Do not use this
attribute if the vehicle was left at the scene because this location was the vehicle’s destination
at the time of the accident.
Unknown is used when the PAR does not indicate the manner in which the vehicle left the
scene of the crash.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV061 MANNER OF LEAVING SCENE DAMAGE SEVERITY (V18) must
(V19) equals 2 not equal 0 or 1.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV099 STRATUM (A23) equals 1 at least one MANNER OF
LEAVING SCENE (V19) should
equal 2 or 3.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Manner of Leaving Scene (V19) C 168
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Post Entry
IF THEN
VP143 no MANNER OF LEAVING STRATUM (A23) should equal 4.
SCENE (V19) equals 2 and no
INJURY SEVERITY (P09) equals
2, 3, 4 or 5
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Manner of Leaving Scene (V19) C 169
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Long Name: What is the most harmful event for this vehicle?
Element Values:
Non-Collision
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Most Harmful Event (V20) C 170
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
* The Oracle value is set equal to the value of GES.Vehicle.VehicleID for the other in-
transport motor vehicle involved in the event.
The Oracle element values shown above are not stored in GES.Vehicle.MostHarmfulID.
Instead, the GES.Events.EventID for the most harmful event is stored in
GES.Vehicle.MostHarmfulID. To obtain the Oracle value shown above for the most harmful
event, the GES.Vehicle and GES.Events tables are joined “where
GES.Vehicle.MostHarmfulID=GES.Events.EventID”; the Oracle value for the most harmful
event is stored in GES.Events.ObjectHitID of this table join.
Remarks:
The event number for this vehicle’s most harmful event is entered. When a vehicle is
involved in multiple harmful events, select the event which, for this vehicle, produced the most
severe injury or property damage.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PV103 EJECTION (P06) equals 1 or 2 this person's vehicle's MOST
HARMFUL EVENT (V20) must not
equal 06.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Most Harmful Event (V20) C 171
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Warnings
IF THEN
VV062 MOST HARMFUL EVENT (V20) MANNER OF LEAVING SCENE
equals 21, 22 or 27 (V19) should not equal 2.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Most Harmful Event (V20) C 172
Vehicles PreCrash/PreCrash Data
Long Name: What is this vehicle’s movement prior to the critical event?
Element Values:
1 0 0 No driver present
2 1 1 Going straight
3 2 2 Decelerating in traffic lane
4 3 (3) Accelerating in traffic lane
5 4 3(4) Starting in traffic lane
6 5 4(5) Stopped in traffic lane
7 6 5(6) Passing or overtaking another vehicle
8 7 6(7) Disabled or parked in travel lane
9 8 7(8) Leaving a parking position
10 9 8(9) Entering a parking position
11 10 10 Turning right
12 11 11 Turning left
13 12 12 Making a U-turn
14 13 13 Backing up (other than for parking position)
15 14 15(14) Negotiating a curve
16 15 16(15) Changing lanes
17 16 17(16) Merging
18 17 18(17) Successful avoidance maneuver to a previous critical event
19 18 98(97) Other
20 19 99 Unknown
Remarks:
Enter the attribute which best describes this vehicle's activity prior to the driver's realization of
an impending critical event or just prior to impact if the driver took action or had no time to
attempt any evasive maneuvers.
NOTE: Actions taken by the driver, of this vehicle, after realization of an impending danger are
coded in Corrective Actions.
No driver present applies if no driver was in this vehicle when the accident occurred.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Movement Prior to Critical Event (V21) C 173
Vehicles PreCrash/PreCrash Data
Enter Going straight when this vehicle's path was straight ahead on a straight stretch of
roadway. The length need not be very long. For example, vehicles going straight in a left or
right turn lane can be entered as "going straight".
Enter Decelerating in traffic lane when this vehicle was traveling straight ahead within the
travel lane and was decelerating (slowing). If the driver was also involved in any other action
(e.g., passing or overtaking, changing lanes etc) enter the appropriate movement.
Enter Accelerating in traffic lane When this vehicle was traveling straight ahead within the
travel lane and was accelerating. If the driver was involved in any other action (e.g., starting
in traffic, passing etc) enter the appropriate movement.
Enter Starting in traffic lane when this vehicle was in the process of starting forward from a
stopped position within the traffic lane (e.g., start up from traffic signal).
Enter Stopped in traffic lane when this vehicle was stopped momentarily, with the motor
running within the traffic lane (e.g., stopped for traffic signal).
Enter Passing or overtaking another vehicle when this vehicle was traveling straight ahead
and was in the process of passing or overtaking another vehicle on the left or right.
Enter Disabled or parked in travel lane when this vehicle was parked in a travel lane with a
driver present in the vehicle. If the driver was not in the vehicle when the accident occurred,
enter "1" No driver present.
Enter Leaving a parking position when this vehicle was entering the travel lane from a
parking area (parallel or diagonal) adjacent to the traffic lanes. If the vehicle, leaving the
parked position, is impacted while the driver is in the process of changing from reverse to
forward gears, then enter this element value.
Enter Entering a parking position when this vehicle was leaving the travel lane to a parking
area (parallel or diagonal) adjacent to the traffic lanes ( i.e., in the process of parking). The
vehicle can be in forward or reverse gear. If the driver is decelerating for the purpose of
parking, enter this element value instead of "Decelerating in traffic lane".
Enter Turning right when this vehicle was moving forward and the driver turned right,
changing from one roadway to a different roadway (e.g., from or to a driveway, parking lot or
intersection).
Enter Turning left when this vehicle was moving forward and the driver turned left, changing
from one roadway to a different roadway (e.g., from or to a driveway, parking lot or
intersection).
Enter Making a U-turn when this vehicle was making a U-turn (i.e., 180 degree directional
change, opposite the original direction of travel) on the roadway.
Enter Backing up [other than for parking position] when this vehicle was traveling
backwards within the trafficway and the backing was not to enter or leave a parking position.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Movement Prior to Critical Event (V21) C 174
Vehicles PreCrash/PreCrash Data
Enter Negotiating a curve when this vehicle was continuing along a roadway that curved to
the right or left.
Enter Changing lanes when this vehicle was traveling straight ahead and changed travel
lanes to the right or left while on the same roadway.
Enter Merging when this vehicle was moving forward and merging from the left or right into a
traffic lane (e.g., roadway narrows exit/entrance ramps).
Enter Successful avoidance maneuver to a previous critical event when this vehicle
responded to a previous critical event and successfully avoided an impact. However, this
precipitated a subsequent critical crash envelope which resulted in an impact for this vehicle.
Enter Other when this vehicle's pre-event movement is known but none of the specified
elements are applicable (e.g., A vehicle travels the wrong way on a one-way trafficway or A
vehicle is pushed by another vehicle or pedestrian etc).
Enter Unknown when this vehicle's movement was unknown prior to its involvement in the
crash. Also, enter unknown if the information is inadequate to determine which applicable
element applies.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV022 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) MOVEMENT PRIOR TO CRITICAL
equals 21, EVENT NUMBER EVENT (V21) must equal 8, 9, 13
(E01) = 1 and PEDESTRIAN/BIKE or 97.
ACCIDENT TYPE (A24) equals
0220
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Movement Prior to Critical Event (V21) C 175
Vehicles PreCrash/PreCrash Data
VV106 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
50, 51, 52 or 53, and MOVEMENT 1 or 3.
PRIOR TO CRITICAL EVENT
(V21) equals 01, 02, 04, 06, 14,
15 or 16
Warnings
IF THEN
AV071 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) should
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT equal 13.
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 24 and
MOVEMENT PRIOR TO
CRITICAL EVENT (V21) is not
equal to 13
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Movement Prior to Critical Event (V21) C 176
Vehicles PreCrash/PreCrash Data
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV030 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT at least one MOVEMENT PRIOR
TYPE (A24) equals 0011 TO CRITICAL EVENT (V21) must
equal 8, 9, 13 or 97.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Movement Prior to Critical Event (V21) C 177
Vehicles PreCrash/PreCrash Data
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Movement Prior to Critical Event (V21) C 178
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Element Values:
1 26845 0 Non-collision
2 26846 1 Striking
3 26847 2 Struck
4 26848 3 Both
5 26849 9 Unknown
Remarks:
Non-collision is used only when the non-collision occurred first, even if subsequent impacts
occurred. Non-collision includes rollover/overturn (which includes overturning motorcycles),
fire/explosion, jackknifed or immersion.
A vehicle that sets an object (e.g., cargo, spewed gravel, etc) in motion which strikes or is
struck by another motor vehicle prior to stabilization of the object receives this attribute. The
other in-transport vehicle is coded as “Striking” or “Struck” if it is stationary, irrespective of the
wording of the narrative.
It is possible for both vehicles to be considered striking. This occurs in the cases of head-on
collisions, and for sideswiping vehicles (including front or rear endswipes).
Struck is used if a vehicle is moving forward and is not in rotation and contacts another
vehicle, pedestrian or non-motorist with other than its front. A vehicle not in motion is struck
unless subsequent impacts result in which the vehicle is striking (use Both in these
situations).
Both is used when a vehicle is both striking and struck. The two impacts can not occur with
the same vehicle, object or person. The classic example of a vehicle which is both striking
and struck is the chain reaction rear-end where the vehicle which is striking and struck is
located within the chain.
The decision should be based on the above stated rules and not necessarily the wording in
the narrative. The decision may; therefore, contradict the narrative in some cases (e.g., the
narrative describes V1 as striking V2 yet the damage indicates that V2 was striking and V1
was struck).
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV213 NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
(A03) equals 02 and MANNER OF 1 or 3.
COLLISION (A07) equals 2 and
TRAVEL SPEED (V11) > 00
VV067 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
86 or 88 equal 2.
VV068 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
87 or 89 equal 1.
VV075 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
01-12, 14, 20, 24, 28, 34, 36, 38 equal 2.
or 40
VV079 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30 or equal 1.
31
VV082 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
00 0.
VV106 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
50, 51, 52 or 53, and MOVEMENT 1 or 3.
PRIOR TO CRITICAL EVENT
(V21) equals 01, 02, 04, 04, 14,
15 or 16
VV227 CRITICAL EVENT (V26) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
53 equal 1.
VV228 CRITICAL EVENT (V26) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
51 or 52 equal 2.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV014 MANNER OF COLLISION (A07) VEHICLE ROLE (V22) should
equals 2 equal 1 or 3.
AV232 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) no VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
equals 21-99 equal 0.
VV031 TRAVEL SPEED (V11) equals 00 VEHICLE ROLE (V22) should not
equal 1.
VV177 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) VEHICLE ROLE (V22) should not
equals 01 and TRAVEL SPEED equal 2.
(V11) is greater than 00
Post Entry
IF THEN
AV089 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT at least one VEHICLE ROLE (V22)
TYPE (A24) equals 0840 must equal 2.
AV131 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
equals 1-9 0.
Long Name: What is the crash type category for the first harmful event?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Variables V23, Accident Type (Category); V23, Accident Type (Configuration); and V23,
Accident Type (Crash Type), are used for categorizing the collisions of drivers involved in
crashes. A collision is defined here as the first harmful event in a crash between a vehicle and
some object, accompanied by property damage or human injury. The object may be another
vehicle, a person, an animal, a fixed object, the road surface or the ground. The first harmful
event may also involve plowing into soft ground, if severe vehicle deceleration results in
damage or injury. A road departure without damage or injury is not defined as a collision.
To determine the proper crash type, refer to the three step decision process outlined below:
The attributes for this variable are the categories. The configuration and specific crash type
attributes are further discussed under variables V23, Accident Type (Configuration), and V23,
Accident Type (Crash Type).
General
· How many in-transport vehicles were involved in the First Harmful Event (A06)?
· Were the in-transport vehicles on the same trafficway?
· In what direction were the vehicles headed, relative to each other?
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Category (V23) C 182
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Forward Impact
Rear End
Forward Impact
Sideswipe/Angle
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Category (V23) C 183
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Head-On
Forward Impact
Sideswipe/Angle
· Which way did the vehicle turn, relative to the other vehicle?
· Is there sufficient information to choose between configurations? If so, see
remarks under V23, Accident Type (Configuration) - Category VI. Miscellaneous.
· What was each vehicle's direction of travel, relative to the other vehicle?
· In what direction was the turning vehicle turning?
· Which vehicle was turning?
Straight Paths
Backing/Miscellaneous
Category I. Single Driver - The first harmful event involves a collision between an
in-transport vehicle and an object or an off roadway rollover. A harmful event involving two
in-transport vehicles is excluded from this category. Note, the impact location on the vehicle is
not a consideration for crash types in this category.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Category (V23) C 184
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Category II. Same Trafficway, Same Direction - The first harmful event occurred while both
vehicles were traveling in the same direction on the same trafficway.
Category III. Same Trafficway, Opposite Direction - The first harmful event occurred while
both vehicles were traveling in opposite directions on the same trafficway.
Category IV. Change Trafficway, Vehicle Turning - The first harmful event occurred when
the vehicle is either turning or merging while attempting to change from one trafficway to
another trafficway. Trafficway for this variable is loosely defined to include driveways, alleys
and parking lots when a vehicle is either entering or exiting a trafficway.
Category V. Intersecting Paths (Vehicle Damage) - The first harmful event involves
situations where vehicle trajectories intersect. It is important to note the location of damage to
each vehicle for crash typing.
Category VI. Miscellaneous - The first harmful event involves a crash type which cannot be
described in Categories I-V and thus is included in this category. Select this category, if there
is insufficient information to choose between categories.
Each category is subdivided into crash configuration(s). The configurations are described
under V23, Accident Type (Configuration).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Category (V23) C 185
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Configuration (V23) C 186
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
The vehicle departed the right side of the road with the first harmful event occurring off the
road.
The vehicle departed the left side of the road with the first harmful event occurring off the
road.
The vehicle struck an object on the road or off the end of a trafficway while moving forward.
Configuration D. Rear-End
The front of the overtaking vehicle impacted the rear of the other vehicle. Note, even if the
rear-impacted vehicle had started to make a turn, code here (not in Category IV).
The front of the overtaking vehicle impacted the rear of the other vehicle, following a steering
maneuver around a noninvolved vehicle or object.
Configuration F. Sideswipe/Angle
The two vehicles are involved in an impact involving the side of one or both vehicles.
Configuration G. Head-On
The frontal area of one vehicle impacted the frontal area of another.
The frontal area of one vehicle impacted the frontal area of another following a steering
maneuver around a noninvolved vehicle or an object.
Configuration I. Sideswipe/Angle
The two vehicles are involved in an impact involving the side of one or both vehicles.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Configuration (V23) C 187
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
The two vehicles were initially on the same trafficway when one vehicle tried to turn onto
another trafficway and pulled in front of the other vehicle. Vehicles making a "U" turn are
identified in Category VI. Miscellaneous.
The two vehicles were initially on different trafficways when one attempted to turn into the
same trafficway as the other vehicle.
Note, the focus of this configuration is on the turning maneuver from one trafficway to another
and not on the vehicles' plane of contact.
The two vehicles were proceeding (or attempting to proceed) straight ahead.
One of the two vehicles involved was a backing vehicle, regardless of its location on the
trafficway or the damage location on the vehicles.
Any crash configuration which cannot be described in Category I. through V. is included here.
Each configuration is subdivided into crash type(s). The crash types are described under
V23, Accident Type (Crash Type).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Configuration (V23) C 188
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Long Name: What is the most adequate description of the crash type for the first
harmful event?
Element Values:
11 11 11 Parked Vehicle
12 12 12 Stationary Object
13 13 13 Pedestrian/Animal
14 14 14 End Departure
15 15 15 Specifics Other
16 16 16 Specifics Unknown
Configuration D. Rear-End
20 20 20 Stopped
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 189
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
21 21 21 Stopped, Straight
22 22 22 Stopped, Left
23 23 23 Stopped, Right
24 24 24 Slower
25 25 25 Slower, Going Straight
26 26 26 Slower, Going Left
27 27 27 Slower, Going Right
28 28 28 Decelerating (Slowing)
29 29 29 Decelerating (Slowing), Going Straight
30 30 30 Decelerating (Slowing), Going Left
31 31 31 Decelerating (Slowing), Going Right
32 32 32 Specifics Other
33 33 33 Specifics Unknown
Configuration F. Sideswipe/Angle
Configuration G. Head-On
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 190
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Configuration I. Sideswipe/Angle
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 191
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
91 91 91 Specifics Unknown
92 92 92 Backing Vehicle
93 93 93 Other Vehicle or Object
97 97 97 Untripped Rollover
98 98 98 Other Crash Type
99 99 99 Unknown Crash Type
00 00 00 No Impact
Remarks:
The crash types in Category I. (Single Driver) involve an impact between a vehicle and an
object. Categories II. through VI. identify specific collision combinations which must be coded
in specified pairs (i.e., the pair code defines the crash type). As an example, the combination
"20" (Rear-end, stopped) and "32" (Rear-end, specifics other) or "20" (Rear-end, stopped) and
"25" (Slower, straight ahead) are not valid since "20" (Rear-end, stopped) only has meaning
when linked to codes "21"-"23" (Stopped, ....).
A crash involving a vehicle impacting a "driverless in-transport vehicle" is coded "..., specifics
other" in the appropriate configuration-category. For example, a vehicle which impacts the
rear of a driverless in-transport vehicle is encoded "32" (Rear-end, specifics other) and "32".
In crashes involving more than two vehicles or in collision sequences involving a combination
of vehicle-to-object- to-vehicle impacts, code the crash type for the vehicle(s) involved in the
first harmful event. All other vehicles are coded "98" (Other crash type).
Keep in mind that intended actions play an important role in the coding scheme. For example,
crash type "26" (Slower, turning left) is selected over type "25" (Slower, straight ahead) if the
subject vehicle was traveling slower with the intention of turning left. Note, the turning action
need not have occurred prior to the collision. The driver's intent to turn is the key.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 192
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "01" when the vehicle departed the road under a controlled situation (e.g., the driver
was distracted, fell asleep, intentionally departed, etc.
Enter "02" when there is evidence that the vehicle lost traction or "got away" from the driver in
some other way (e.g., the vehicle spun off the road as a result of surface conditions, oversteer
phenomena or mechanical malfunctions). If doubt exists, code "01" (Right Roadside
Departure, Drive Off Road).
Enter "03" when the vehicle departed the road to avoid something on the road. Phantom
vehicle situations, pedestrians, bicyclists, and other cyclists and non-motorist’s are included
here.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 193
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "04" if the vehicle departed the road to avoid something on the road other than a
vehicle, pedestrian or animal. Also use "Specifics Other" for crashes involving a driverless
in-transport vehicle.
Enter "05" if the vehicle departed the right side of the road for unknown reasons.
Enter "06" when the vehicle departed the road under a controlled situation (e.g., the driver
was distracted, fell asleep, intentionally departed, etc.)
Enter "07" if there is evidence that the vehicle lost traction or "got away" from the driver in
some other way (e.g., the vehicle spun off the road as a result of surface conditions, oversteer
phenomena or mechanical malfunctions.) If doubt exists, code "06" (Left Roadside
Departure, Drive Off Road).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 194
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "08" when the vehicle departed the road to avoid something on the road. Phantom
vehicle situations, pedestrians, bicyclists, and other cyclists and non-motorists are included
here.
Enter "09" if the vehicle departed the road to avoid something on the road other than a vehicle,
pedestrian or animal. Also, use "specifics Other" for crashes involving a driverless in-transport
vehicle.
Enter "10" if the vehicle departed the left side of the road for unknown reasons.
Enter "11" if the crash involves impact with a parked vehicle on either side of the road.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 195
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "12" if the crash involves impact with a stationary object on either side of the road.
Enter "13" if the first harmful event involves impact with a pedestrian or animal on either side
of the road. Pedestrians, bicyclists, and other cyclists and non-motorists are included here.
Vehicle plane of contact is NOT a consideration.
Enter "14" when the vehicle ran off the end of the road and crashed into something.
Enter "15" for impacted (striking or struck) trains and nonstationary objects on the road. Also
use "Specifics Other" for crashes involving a driverless in-transport vehicle.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 196
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "16" when the PAR indicates a single driver was involved in a forward impact collision,
but no further classification is possible.
20 Rear-End: Stopped
Enter "20" for a vehicle that impacts another vehicle from the rear when the impacted vehicle
was stopped in the trafficway.
Enter "21" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was stopped in the trafficway, and was intending to
proceed straight ahead.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 197
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "22" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was stopped in the trafficway, intending to make a
left turn.
Enter "23" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was stopped in the trafficway, intending to make a
right turn.
24 Rear-End: Slower
Enter "24" for a vehicle that impacts another vehicle from the rear when the impacted vehicle
was going slower than the striking vehicle.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 198
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "25" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was going slower than the other vehicle while
proceeding straight ahead.
Enter "26" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was going slower than the other vehicle while
intending to turn left.
Enter "27" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was going slower than the other vehicle while
intending to turn right.
Enter "28" for a vehicle impacts another vehicle from the rear when the impacted vehicle was
slowing down.
Enter "29" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was slowing down while proceeding straight ahead.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 199
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "30" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was slowing down while intending to turn left.
Enter "31" for a rear-impacted vehicle that was slowing down while intending to turn right.
Enter "32" for rear-end collisions which cannot be described in "20"-"31." Enter "Specifics
Other" for crashess involving a driverless in-transport vehicle.
Enter "33" when the PAR indicates a rear-end collision occurred, but no further classification
is possible.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 200
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "34" for a vehicle that's frontal area impacts another vehicle due to loss of control or
traction (during a maneuver to avoid a collision with a non-involved vehicle) while both are
traveling on the same trafficway in the same direction.
Enter "35" for a vehicle which is impacted by the frontal area of another vehicle due to loss of
control or traction (during a maneuver to avoid a collision with a non-involved vehicle) while
both are traveling on the same trafficway in the same direction.
Enter "36" for a vehicle that's frontal area impacts another vehicle due to loss of control or
traction (during a maneuver to avoid a collision with an object) while both are traveling on the
same trafficway in the same direction.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 201
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "37" for a vehicle which is impacted by the frontal area of another vehicle due to loss of
control or traction (during a maneuver to avoid a collision with an object) while both are
traveling on the same trafficway in the same direction.
Enter "38" for a vehicle that struck the rear of another vehicle with its front plane while
maneuvering to avoid collision with a non-involved vehicle, when loss of control or traction
was not a factor, and both were traveling on the same trafficway, in the same direction.
Enter "39" for a vehicle that was impacted by the frontal area of another vehicle which was
maneuvering to avoid a collision with a non-involved vehicle, when loss of control or traction
was not a factor, and both were traveling on the same trafficway, in the same direction.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 202
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "40" for a vehicle that struck the rear of another vehicle with its front plane while
maneuvering to avoid collision with an object, when loss of control or traction was not a factor,
and both were traveling on the same trafficway, in the same direction.
Enter "41" for a vehicle which was impacted by the frontal area of another vehicle which was
maneuvering to avoid a collision with an object, when loss of control or traction was not a
factor, and both were traveling on the same trafficway, in the same direction.
Enter "42" (for both vehicles) for a forward impact collision which occurred while both vehicles
were traveling on the same trafficway, in the same direction, and the striking vehicle was
attempting to avoid a vehicle or an object which cannot be described by "34" - "40."
Also, use this code for crashes involving a driverless in-transport vehicle which would
otherwise qualify for this configuration.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 203
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "43" when the PAR indicates that a forward impact collision occurred while both
vehicles were traveling on the same trafficway and in the same direction, but no further
classification was possible.
Configuration F. Sideswipe/Angle
The two vehicles are involved in an impact involving the side of one or both vehicles.
The following four codes, "44" (Sideswipe/Angle, straight ahead on left), "45"
(Sideswipe/Angle, straight ahead on left/right), "46" (Sideswipe/Angle, changing lanes to the
right), "47" (Sideswipe/Angle, changing lanes to the left), identify relative vehicle positions (left
versus right) and lane of travel intentions (straight ahead versus changing lanes). From these
four codes, four combinations are permitted. They are:
When used in combination, these codes refer to a sideswipe or angle collision which involved
a vehicle to the left of a vehicle to the right where:
1. neither vehicle (codes "44" and "45") intended to change its lane;
2. the vehicle on the left (code "46") was changing lanes to the right, and the
vehicle on the right (code "45") was not intending to change its lane;
3. the vehicle on the left (code "45") was not intending to change its lane, and the
vehicle on the right (code "47") was changing lanes to the left; and
4. the vehicle on the left (code "46") was changing lanes to the right, and the
vehicle on the right (code "47") was changing lanes to the left.
In addition, when:
1. the right sides of the two vehicles impact following a 180 degree rotation of the
vehicle on the right or
2. the left sides of the two vehicles impact following a 180 degree rotation of the
vehicle on the left.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 204
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 205
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "48" if one vehicle was behind the other prior to a sideswipe/angle collision occurring
while both vehicles were traveling on the same trafficway and in the same direction.
For example, use this code when two vehicles are on the same trafficway and going the same
direction, and one loses control and is struck in the side by the front of the other vehicle.
However, if one vehicle rotates such that the impact is front to front, then use code "98" (Other
crash type).
Enter "49" for sideswipe/angle collisions that occur while both vehicles are traveling on the
same trafficway and in the same direction, when no further classification is possible.
Enter "50" for a vehicle that LEAVES ITS LANE [moves laterally (sideways)] immediately
before colliding head-on with another vehicle, when the vehicles are traveling on the same
trafficway in opposite directions.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 206
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "51 " for a vehicle that collides head-on with another vehicle which has IMMEDIATELY
LEFT ITS LANE (moved laterally), when the vehicles are traveling on the same trafficway in
opposite directions.
Enter "52" for a head-on collision that cannot be described by "50"-"51", when the vehicles are
traveling on the same trafficway in opposite directions. Clarification: Enter “52" for both
vehicles involved in a head-on collision when one is traveling the wrong way on a one way
roadway.
Enter "53" when the PAR indicates a head-on collision occurred between two vehicles
traveling on the same trafficway in opposite directions, when no further classification is
possible.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 207
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "54" for a vehicle whose frontal area impacts another vehicle due to loss of control or
traction (during a maneuver to avoid a collision with a third vehicle) while the vehicles are
traveling on the same trafficway in opposite directions.
Enter "55" for a vehicle which is impacted by the frontal area of another vehicle due to loss of
control or traction (during a maneuver to avoid a collision with a third vehicle) while the
vehicles are traveling on the same trafficway in opposite directions.
Enter "56" for a vehicle whose frontal area impacts another vehicle due to loss of control or
traction (during a maneuver to avoid a collision with an object) while the vehicles are traveling
on the same trafficway in opposite directions.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 208
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "57" for a vehicle which is impacted by the frontal area of another vehicle due to loss of
control or traction (during a maneuver to avoid a collision with an object) while the vehicles
are traveling on the same trafficway in opposite directions.
Enter "58" for a vehicle whose frontal area impacts another vehicle while maneuvering to
avoid a collision with a non-involved vehicle, when loss of control or traction was not a factor,
and the vehicles were traveling on the same trafficway, in opposite directions.
Enter "59" for a vehicle which was impacted by the frontal area of another vehicle which was
maneuvering to avoid collision with a non-involved vehicle, when loss of control or traction
was not a factor, and the vehicles were traveling on the same trafficway, in opposite
directions.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 209
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "60" for a vehicle that struck the front of another vehicle with the frontal plane while
maneuvering to avoid collision with an object, when loss of control or traction was not a factor,
and the vehicles were traveling on the same trafficway, in opposite directions.
Enter "61 " for a vehicle which was impacted by the frontal area of another vehicle which was
maneuvering to avoid collision with an object, when loss of control or traction was not a factor,
and the vehicles were traveling on the same trafficway, in opposite directions.
Enter "62" for forward impact collisions occurring while the vehicles were traveling on the
same trafficway in opposite directions which cannot be described by "54"-"61 ". Enter
"Specifics Other" for crashes involving a "driverless in-transport vehicle."
Enter "63" when the PAR indicates a forward impact collision occurred while the vehicles were
traveling on the same trafficway in opposite directions, but no further classification is possible.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 210
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Configuration I. Sideswipe/Angle
The two vehicles are involved in an impact involving the side of one or both vehicles.
Code "64" identifies the vehicle which infringed upon the other vehicle (code "65") in a
Category III, Configuration I collision; i.e., enter "64" for the vehicle which left its lane (moved
laterally) leading to the collision.
Enter "65" for the vehicle which was infringed upon by the other vehicle (code "64") in a
Category III, Configuration I collision.
Enter "66" for sideswipe/angle collisions occurring while both vehicles were traveling on the
same trafficway in opposite directions which cannot be described by "64"-"65". Enter
"Specifics Other" for crashess involving a "driverless in-transport vehicle."
Enter "67" when the PAR indicates a sideswipe/angle collision occurred while both vehicles
were traveling on the same trafficway in opposite directions, but no further classification is
possible.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 211
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Code "68" identifies the vehicle which turned across the path of another vehicle (code) in a
Category IV, Configuration J collision, in which the vehicles were initially traveling in opposite
directions.
Enter "69" for a vehicle involved in a collision in which another vehicle (code "68" across its
Path, and in which the vehicles were initially traveling in opposite directions.
Enter "70" for a vehicle which turned right, across the path of another vehicle (code "71"),
when both vehicles were initially traveling in the same direction.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 212
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "71 " for a vehicle whose path was crossed by a vehicle turning right (code "70"), when
both vehicles were initially traveling in the same direction.
Enter "72" for a vehicle which turned left, across the path of another vehicle (code "73"), when
both vehicles were initially traveling in the same direction.
Enter "73" for a vehicle whose path was crossed by a vehicle turning left (code "72"), when
both vehicles were initially traveling in the same direction.
Enter "74" for collisions in which one vehicle turned across another's path, which cannot be
described by "68"-"72". Enter "Specifics Other" for crashess involving a driverless in-transport
vehicle.
Enter "75" when the PAR indicates one vehicle turned across another's path, causing a
collision, but no further classification is possible.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 213
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Note, the focus of this configuration is on the turning maneuver from one trafficway to another
and not on the vehicles' plane of contact.
Enter "76" for a vehicle which turned left, into the path of another vehicle (code "77"), so that
both vehicles were traveling in the same direction at the time of the collision.
Enter "77" for a vehicle involved in a collision in which another vehicle (code "76") turned left,
into its path, so that both vehicles were traveling in the same direction at the time of the
collision.
Enter "78" for a vehicle which turned right, into the path of another vehicle (code "79"), so that
both vehicles were traveling in the same direction at the time of the collision.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 214
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "79" for a vehicle involved in a collision in which another vehicle (code "78") turned right,
into its path, so that both vehicles were traveling in the same direction at the time of the
collision.
Enter "80" for a vehicle which turned right, into the path of another vehicle (code "81"), so that
the vehicles were traveling in opposite directions at the time of the collision.
Enter "81" for a vehicle involved in a collision in which another vehicle (code "80") turned right,
into its path, so that the vehicles were traveling in opposite directions at the time of the
collision.
Enter "82" for a vehicle which turned left, into the path of another vehicle (code "83"), so that
the vehicles were traveling in opposite directions at the time of the collision.
Code "82" is used when the driver's vehicle was in the act of making a left turn (e.g., from a
driveway, parking lot or intersection). Do not confuse this situation with "Configuration L -
Straight Paths." The driver's intended path is the prime concern.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 215
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "83" for a vehicle involved in a collision in which another vehicle (code "82") turned left,
into its path, so that the vehicles were traveling in opposite directions at the time of the
collision.
Enter "84" for collisions in which one vehicle turned across another's path, which cannot be
described by "76"-"83". Enter "Specifics Other" for crashes involving a driverless in-transport
vehicle.
Enter "85" when the PAR indicates one vehicle turned into another's path, causing a collision,
but no further classification is possible.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 216
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "86" for a vehicle which strikes the right side of another vehicle (code "87") from the
right when both vehicles were going straight at the time of the collision, i.e., right side damage
to 87, front damage to 86.
Enter "87" for a vehicle which is struck on the right side by another vehicle (code "86") from
the right when both vehicles were going straight at the time of the collision, i.e., right side
damage to 87, front damage to 86.
Enter "88" for a vehicle which strikes another vehicle (code "89") from the left when both
vehicles were going straight at the time of the collision, i.e., left side damage to 89, front
damage to 88.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 217
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Enter "89" for a vehicle which is struck on the left side by another vehicle (code "88") from the
left when both vehicles were going straight at the time of the collision, i.e., left side damage to
89, front damage to 88.
Enter "90" for collisions in which two vehicles, both going straight, collide when their paths
intersect, which cannot be described by "86"-"89". Enter "Specifics Other" for crashes
involving a driverless in-transport vehicle.
Enter "91 " when the PAR indicates two vehicles, both going straight, collided when their
paths intersected, but no further classification is possible.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 218
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Any crash configuration which cannot be described in Category I. through V. is included here.
Enter "92" for a backing vehicle which was involved with another vehicle (code 93) or object.
Enter "93" for the vehicle which was involved with the backing vehicle (code 92).
97 Untripped Rollover
Enter "97" when a rollover occurs which is not the result of a collision but rather vehicle
instability (e.g. centrifugal force).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 219
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Code "98" is used for those events and collisions which do not reasonably fit any of the
specified types. This code includes (but is not limited to): rollovers on the road; U-turns; third
or subsequent vehicles involved in a crash; or the second involved vehicle, when the first
harmful event involves a vehicle-to-object collision or a non-collision.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 220
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Code "00" identifies noncollision events (fire, immersion, etc.). Rollovers on the road should
be coded "98" (Other Crash Type).
Code "00" (No impact) identifies noncollision events (fire, immersion, etc.). Rollovers on the
road should be coded "98" (Other crash type).
Codes "01" (Right roadside departure, drive off road) and "06" (Left roadside departure,
drive off road) are used when the vehicle departed the road under a controlled situation (i.e.,
the driver was distracted, fell asleep, intentionally departed, etc.).
Codes "02" (Right roadside departure, control/traction loss) and "07" (Left roadside
departure, control/traction loss) are used if there is some evidence that the vehicle lost
traction or in some other manner "got away" from the driver (i.e., the vehicle spun off the road
as a result of surface conditions, oversteer phenomena or mechanical malfunctions). If doubt
exists, code "01" (Right roadside departure, drive off road) or "06" (Left roadside departure,
drive off road) respectively.
Codes "03" (Right roadside departure; avoid collision with vehicle, pedestrian, animal)
and "08" (Left roadside departure; avoid collision with vehicle, pedestrian, animal) are
used when the vehicle departed the road as a result of avoiding something in the road.
"Phantom" situations are included here.
Codes "04" (Right roadside departure, specifics other) and "09" (Left roadside departure,
specifics other) are used for any other stationary or nonstationary objects if the avoidance
characteristics of codes "03" or "08" are present.
Codes "11" (Forward impact, parked vehicle), "12" (Forward impact, stationary object),
and "13" (Forward impact, pedestrian/animal) involve an impact with an object which can
be located on either side of the road.
Code "12" (Forward impact, stationary object) includes a hole in the road, an overhead
object (e.g., overpass) or an object projecting over the road edge (e.g., support column of
elevated railway).
Code "15" (Forward impact, specifics other) is used for impacted (striking or struck) trains
and nonstationary objects on the road.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 221
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
From these four codes, four combinations are permitted. They are:
When used as a combination these codes refer to a sideswipe or angle collision which
involved a vehicle to the left of a vehicle to the right where:
1. neither vehicle (codes "44" and "45") intended to change its lane; the vehicle on
the left (code "46") was changing lanes to the right, and the vehicle on the right
(code "45") was not intending to change its lane;
2. the vehicle on the left (code "45" ) was not intending to change its lane, and
the vehicle on the right (code "47") was changing lanes to the left; and
3. the vehicle on the left (code "46") was changing lanes to the right, and the
vehicle on the right (code "47") was changing lanes to the left.
In addition, when:
1. the right sides of the two vehicles impact following a 180 degree rotation of the
vehicle on the right or
2. the left sides of the two vehicles impact following a 180 degree rotation of the
vehicle on the left; select the appropriate combination ("44"-"45", "46"-"45",
"45"-"47" or "46"-"47") depending upon:
4. the intended lane of travel (straight ahead versus changing lanes) of their
drivers.
Code "48" (Sideswipe/Angle, specifics other) is used if one vehicle was behind the other
prior to their Category II, Configuration F collision. For example, use this code when two
vehicles are on the same trafficway and going the same direction, and one loses control and
is struck in the side by the front of the other vehicle. However, if one vehicle rotates such that
the impact is front to front, then use code "98" (Other crash type).
Code "64" (Sideswipe/Angle, lateral move--infringing vehicle) identifies the vehicle which
infringed upon the other (code "65") in a Category III, Configuration I collision.
Codes "68" through "85" (Turn Across Path and Turn Into Path) are used in Configurations
J and K where the vehicle's action is the controlling factor, and the plane of contact is
irrelevant.
Code "82" (Left Turn Into Opposite Direction) is used when the driver's vehicle was in the
act of making a left turn (e.g., from a driveway, parking lot or intersection). Do not confuse this
situation with Configuration L. Straight Paths. The driver's intended path is the prime concern.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 222
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Codes "86" through "89" (Straight Paths) must not be confused with crash types in
Configuration K. Turn Into Path. For these codes the vehicles are proceeding (or attempting to
proceed) straight ahead, usually at a junction.
Code "98" (Other Crash Type) is used for those events and collisions which do not
reasonably fit any of the specified types. This code includes (but is not limited to): rollovers on
the road; U-turns; third or subsequent vehicles involved in a crash; or the second involved
vehicle when the first harmful event involved a vehicle-to-object collision.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV020 The combination of ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) codes is incorrect.
AV020A All Vehicles not involved in the FHE must be coded "98."
AV215 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) must not
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT equal 20-91.
(A06) equals 01-10
VA120 Only ACCIDENT TYPE CODES 01-16, 92, 97, 98, 99 or 00 can be used
when the crash involves a single vehicle.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 223
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
VV051 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals TRAVEL SPEED (V11) must equal
21, 22 or 23 0.
VV067 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
86 or 88 equal 2.
VV068 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
87 or 89 equal 1.
VV075 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
01-12, 14, 20, 24, 28, 34, 36, 38 equal 2.
or 40
VV079 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30 or equal 1.
31
VV082 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
00 0.
VV106 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must equal
50, 51, 52 or 53, and MOVEMENT 1 or 3.
PRIOR TO CRITICAL EVENT
(V21) equals 01, 02, 03, 05, 15,
16 or 17
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 224
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
VV226 ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) equals ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) must not
10 equal 98.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV070 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) should
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT equal 01-11, 92, 98 or 99.
(A06) equals 26
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 225
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 226
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 227
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Accident Type - Crash Type (V23) C 228
Not Displayed on Summary Tab
Long Name: What Is the first qualifying non-motorist type involved in the crash?
Element Values:
Remarks:
If there are multiple qualifying non-motorists in the crash, code the first one involved.
Persons in motorized wheelchairs are motorists and do not qualify for “ped./bike typing.”
Not Applicable applies if there are no qualifying non-motorists involved in the crash.
Select Pedestrian or Qualifying Other Non-Motorist if the first qualifying non-motorist in the
crash is a pedestrian or qualifying other non-motorist.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Ped., Etc. Vs. Pedalcyclist(A24) C 229
Not Displayed on Summary Tab
Qualifying other non-motorists are defined as persons (where A06, First Harmful Event,
equals Other Type Non-Motorist) who are in or on the following non-motorist conveyances:
ice skates, roller skates, scooters, skateboards, non-motorized wheelchairs or play vehicles
(e.g., wagons and sleds) or persons who are not on a trafficway or sidewalk or path
contiguous with a trafficway; but are in a parking lot, driveway, private road, gas station, alley,
yard, garage, ball field, etc.
A bicyclist refers to only those pedalcyclists who were either a driver or passenger on a
bicycle. This includes those bicyclists who hold onto a motor vehicle in motion.
Other cyclist refers to all other pedalcyclists (tricyclist, unicyclist, etc.). This includes those
pedalcyclists who hold onto a motor vehicle in motion. A "Big Wheel" should be treated as a
tricycle.
Select First Qualifying Non-Motorist Involved is an Unknown Person Type if P03, Person
Type, for the first qualifying non-motorist is Unknown.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Ped., Etc. Vs. Pedalcyclist(A24) C 230
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
1 0 n/a No
2 1 n/a Yes
n/a -1 n/a Not Pedestrian or Qualifying Other Non-Motorist
Remarks:
Not Pedestrian or Qualifying Other Non-Motorist applies if the person is a not a pedestrian
or qualifying other non-motorist (i.e. the person is a pedalcyclist).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Wheelchair (A24) C 231
Crash General Crash Description
Long Name: Does the motorist strike a pedestrian or qualifying other non-motorist
going to/from or crossing near: a bus or bus stop, ice cream vendor,
residential mail/newspaper box or exiting/entering a stopped or parked
vehicle?
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if a person, struck
while crossing in front of a commercial bus stopped at a marked bus stop, is in a wheelchair;
the SAS value 1110 is assigned; 0110, otherwise.
Remarks:
In Category 1, the motorist strikes a pedestrian or qualifying other non-motorist going to/from
or crossing near a bus or bus stop; ice cream vendor; rural residential mailbox;
exiting/entering a stopped or parked vehicle.
Enter Commercial Bus-Related if the person is struck while crossing in front of a commercial
bus which is stopped at a marked bus stop.
C Includes only buses that stop periodically at marked or unmarked bus stops. Does
not include church, YMCA or other buses not stopping at marked stops.
Enter School Bus-Related if the person is struck going to/from a school bus or school bus
stop
C This type includes the crash in which the person is struck by a school bus.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 1 (A24) C 232
Crash General Crash Description
C The bus does not have to be present if the person was noted to have been
crossing to, from or was at a school bus stop.
C Includes the person being at or near a school bus or school bus stop.
Select Vendor/Ice Cream Truck if the person is struck while going to/from an ice cream
vendor and striking vehicle was on same street as vendor
Enter Mail Box-Related if the person is struck while going to/from a private residence
mail/newspaper box
C "Private residence mailbox" does not include a US mail box in which letters are
dropped to be mailed.
C Pedestrian was struck in the roadway (e.g., not on sidewalk, in parking lot, etc.).
C The pedestrian was struck when entering or exiting the parked or stopped vehicle
on the side of the vehicle that was adjacent to traffic.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 1 (A24) C 233
Crash General Crash Description
Long Name: Is the striking motor vehicle: driverless, backing, in pursuit, being
pursued or a responding emergency vehicle?
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if a person, struck
by a vehicle that is backing up, is in a wheelchair; the SAS value 1220 is assigned; 0220,
otherwise.
Remarks:
In Category 2, the vehicle which impacts the pedestrian or qualifying other non-motorist is:
driverless; backing; in pursuit; being pursued; or an emergency vehicle.
Driverless Vehicle applies if the person is struck by a vehicle that is moving without a driver
at the controls or is set into motion by the actions of a child.
Backing Vehicle applies if the person is struck by a vehicle that was backing up.
C Police or fire department car, ambulance or aid car or fire truck (but not a tow
truck) that is responding to an emergency, official business or a disabled vehicle.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 2 (A24) C 234
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if a person, struck
while walking to or from a disabled vehicle (e.g., to get help, gas, etc.), is in a wheelchair; the
SAS value 1310 is assigned; 0310, otherwise.
Remarks:
Use Walking To or From Disabled Vehicle if the person is struck while walking to or from a
disabled vehicle (e.g., to get help, gas, etc.)
Select Disabled Vehicle-Related if the person is struck while working on or standing near a
disabled vehicle in or along the roadway. (No emergency vehicle present.)
C In this type, "pedestrian or qualifying other non-motorist" does not include on-duty
police or emergency personnel, but does include tow truck operators.
C A disabled vehicle is any vehicle stopped with a problem preventing normal driving.
It doesn't necessarily have to be "broken down" but could have been in a crash.
Select Emergency/Police Vehicle Related if the person is struck while near an active
emergency or police vehicle.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 3 (A24) C 235
Crash General Crash Description
C Police or fire department car, ambulance or aid car or fire truck (but not a tow
truck) that is responding to an emergency, official business or a disabled vehicle.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 3 (A24) C 236
Crash General Crash Description
Long Name: Is the pedestrian or qualifying other non-motorist struck while working or
playing in the roadway (prior to motorist’s appearance) or on a play
vehicle?
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if a person, struck
while working on, in, over or under the roadway, is in a wheelchair; the SAS value 1410 is
assigned; 0410, otherwise.
Remarks:
Enter Working on Roadway if the person (e.g., police/emergency personnel, flagman, traffic
guard or member of a roadway/construction maintenance crew) is struck while working on, in,
over or under the roadway.
C Person was present in the roadway because of the requirements of his or her job.
Includes garbage collectors, construction crews, etc., but not people who are in the
street voluntarily (e.g., a civilian directing traffic at the scene of a crash).
C That part of the road including through lanes, turn lanes, and parking lanes, but not
including the shoulder.
C Alleys and driveways which are controlled by a traffic signal, are considered
roadways.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 4 (A24) C 237
Crash General Crash Description
Use Play Vehicle-Related if the person is struck while riding a play vehicle (e.g., wagon, sled,
skateboard; NOT bicycle, "Big Wheel" type vehicle or tricycle).
C A play toy which may be ridden but is not a normal mode of transportation (such as
wagons, sleds, scooters, roller-skates, and skateboards). Skateboards, while used
by some people as a form of transportation, are to be considered play vehicles.
Tricycles, "Big Wheel" type vehicles, and bicycles are not included as play vehicles
for the purposes of pedestrian crash typing.
C The person does not need to be in the trafficway on the play vehicle for this type to
apply, e.g., crashes occurring on the sidewalk, driveway or playground may be
included.
Select Playing in Roadway if the person is struck while playing on foot in roadway.
Pedestrian is playing in roadway prior to vehicle's appearance.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 4 (A24) C 238
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if a person, struck
while hitchhiking, is in a wheelchair; the SAS value 1510 is assigned; 0510, otherwise.
Remarks:
Enter Expressway Crossing if the person is struck while attempting to cross a limited access
expressway.
Enter Walking Along Road - With Traffic if the person is walking or running along a road in
the same direction as traffic.
C The person is not on the sidewalk but could have been walking on the shoulder or
in the roadway.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 5 (A24) C 239
Crash General Crash Description
Enter Walking Along Road - Against Traffic if the person is walking or running along a road
facing traffic (i.e., against traffic).
C The person is not on the sidewalk but could have been walking on the shoulder or
in the roadway.
Enter Walking Along Road - Can't Specify if the person is walking or running along a
road--direction with respect to traffic not specified.
C The person is not on the sidewalk but could have been walking on the shoulder or
in the roadway.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 5 (A24) C 240
Crash General Crash Description
Long Name: Is the pedestrian or qualifying other non-motorist struck: on/near curb or
roadway edge; on sidewalk; or on other nonroadway location?
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if a person, struck
while WAITING to cross a roadway or standing at or near a curb, is in a wheelchair; the SAS
value 1610 is assigned; 0610, otherwise.
Remarks:
Enter Pedestrian Waiting to Cross At/Near Curb if the person is struck while WAITING to
cross roadway, standing at or near curb.
Enter Pedestrian Not In Roadway if the person is struck when not in/near a roadway (e.g., in
parking lot, driveway, private road, gas station, alley, sidewalk, yard, garage, ball field).
C Includes standing off the roadway, but near the edge of the roadway, as well as on
the curb. For instance, standing on the shoulder or on the curb waiting to cross the
roadway.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 6 (A24) C 241
Not Displayed on Summary Tab
Element Values:
1 n/a n/a No
2 n/a n/a Yes
3 n/a n/a Unknown or Categories 7 and 8 Do Not Apply
Remarks:
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Acc. Type - Cat. 7 Versus Cat. 8 (A24) C 242
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if a person,
entering the roadway in front of standing/stopped traffic and struck by a vehicle heading in the
same direction as stopped traffic, is in a wheelchair; the SAS value 1710 is assigned; 0710,
otherwise.
Remarks:
Enter Multiple Threat - At Intersection if the person enters the roadway in front of
standing/stopped traffic, and is struck by a vehicle heading in the same direction as stopped
traffic.
C A stopped vehicle has the engine running and a driver at the controls; it is not an
empty parked vehicle.
C This type covers a crash in which the person enters the roadway in front of a
vehicle that is stopped to allow the person to cross.
C The person crosses in front of the stopped vehicle, and then is struck by another
vehicle traveling in the same direction as the stopped vehicle. The second vehicle
is not aware that the person is crossing in front of the stopped vehicle.
C This type does not cover a person entering the roadway in front of stalled traffic or
a disabled vehicle (see type under SAS value 0320).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 7 (A24) C 243
Crash General Crash Description
C If the traffic light changes while the person is crossing , continue down to the
"Trapped" type (SAS code 0740).
Enter Vehicle Turn/Merge if the person and vehicle collided while the vehicle is in the
process of turning/merging, is preparing to turn/merge or just completes a turning/merging
maneuver.
Enter Intersection Dash if the motorist's view of the person is blocked until an instant before
impact and/or the person is running.
C The driver's view of the person is blocked by some obstruction until immediately
before impact. The obstruction is documented in some part of the report as having
impaired the driver's vision.
Enter Trapped if, at a signalized intersection, a person in the process of crossing is struck
when the light changes and traffic starts moving.
Enter Pedestrian Walks Into Vehicle - At Intersection if the person walks into (i.e., struck)
the vehicle.
Enter Intersection - Driver Violation if the person is struck by a driver who is proceeding
straight ahead and the report indicates that the driver committed one or more of the following
violations: careless driving, failed to yield right-of-way, signal/sign violation, speeding/too fast
for conditions, DWI/DUI.
Report Indicates
1. in narrative or
2. in boxes or
3. in charges, citations or arrests.
Careless Driving
Enter Intersection - Other if the crash occurs at an intersection but is not covered by any of
the above or there is insufficient information to code any of the above.
C The roadway up to and including 50 feet from the corner. Alleys and driveways are
only considered intersections when they are controlled by a traffic signal. Assume
intersection if no information is given other than an intersection drawn in the report.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 7 (A24) C 244
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if a person,
entering the roadway in front of standing/stopped traffic and struck by a vehicle heading in the
same direction as standing traffic (driver’s vision is blocked by standing traffic), is in a
wheelchair; the SAS value 1810 is assigned; 0810, otherwise.
Remarks:
In Category 8, the crash occurs midblock (i.e., more than 50 feet from an intersection). Use
the following codes for the corresponding situations.
Enter Multiple Threat - At Midblock if the person enters the roadway in front of
standing/stopped traffic, and is struck by a vehicle heading in same direction as standing
traffic; driver's vision is blocked by standing traffic.
C A stopped vehicle has the engine running and driver at the controls; it is not an
empty parked vehicle.
C This type covers a crash in which the person enters the roadway in front of a
vehicle that is stopped to allow the person to cross. The person crosses in front of
the stopped vehicle, and then is struck by another vehicle traveling in the same
direction as the stopped vehicle. The second vehicle is not aware that the person
is crossing in front of the stopped vehicle.
C This type does not cover a person entering the roadway in front of stalled traffic or
a disabled vehicle.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 8 (A24) C 245
Crash General Crash Description
Enter Dart-Out - First Half if the person is struck before crossing half of the roadway (in first
half of roadway) and the motorist's view of the person is blocked until an instant before
impact.
C A dart-out (SAS codes 0821, 0822 or 0829) can only occur if there is some
documented visual obstruction. If there is any indication in the report that a
physical object, such as a bus, stopped or parked vehicle or building, is present (for
example: "She came out from between two parked cars."), assume this object is
an obstruction, unless the driver specifically mentions that the person is visible
heading towards the roadway before the crash.
Enter Dart-out - Second Half if the person is struck after crossing over half of the roadway (in
second half of roadway) and the motorist's view of the person is blocked until an instant
before impact.
C The person crosses one-half of the roadway and is struck at the centerline or after
having crossed the centerline.
C A dart-out can only occur if there is some documented visual obstruction. If there
is any indication in the report that a physical object, such as a bus, stopped or
parked vehicle or building, was present (for example: "She came out from between
two parked cars."), assume this object was an obstruction, unless the driver
specifically mentions that the person is visible heading towards the roadway before
the crash.
Enter Dart-out - Can’t Specify if the person is struck after entering the roadway and the
motorist's view of the person is blocked until an instant before impact (first or second half of
roadway not specified).
C A dart-out can only occur if there is some documented visual obstruction. If there
is any indication in the report that a physical object, such as a bus, stopped or
parked vehicle or building, was present (for example: "She came out from between
two parked cars."), assume this object was an obstruction, unless the driver
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 8 (A24) C 246
Crash General Crash Description
specifically mentions that the person had been visible heading towards the
roadway before the crash.
Enter Midblock Dash if the person is running and the motorist's view of the person is not
obstructed.
Enter Pedestrian Walks Into Vehicle - Midblock if the person walks into (i.e., struck) the
vehicle.
Enter Midblock - Other if the crash occurs midblock but is not covered by any of the above or
insufficient information is given to code any of the above.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 8 (A24) C 247
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
* The SAS values apply to persons who are not in wheelchairs. If the person is in a
wheelchair, the first digit of the four digit SAS value is set to “1.” Example: if insufficient
information is available to specify the crash type and the person is in a wheelchair; the SAS
value 1920 is assigned; 0920, otherwise.
Remarks:
In Category 9, the crash is other type or has inadequate information. Use the following codes
for the corresponding situations.
Enter Other - Weird if the crash situation is not covered by any of the types listed in
categories 1-8.
Enter Inadequate Information if insufficient information is available to specify the crash type.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Category 9 (A24) C 248
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
Remarks:
Use the procedures described below when the first qualifying non-motorist involved in the
crash is a Pedalcyclist [P03, Person Type equals Non-occupant / Cyclist (Pedalcyclist)].
- First, read the narrative. In case of conflicting stories, give first priority to officer's
conclusion, then the witness statement, and finally the pedalcyclist or driver
statement.
- Next, review the information in the specific information categories (i.e., the "check
off" boxes), such as time, day, violations, weather, pedalcyclist's age, driver's age
and roadway information.
- Finally, examine the diagram. Remember that diagrams are seldom drawn to scale.
Although a diagram might appear to show a crash occurs at an intersection, for
example, check the report form for the actual measurement of the point of impact
from the nearest intersection.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Spec. Cir. - Weird (A24) C 249
Crash General Crash Description
2. Read each of the four Specific Circumstances crash types in order. The four Specific
Circumstances are:
• The crash is weird because:
• The cyclist is riding a child's vehicle, such as a "Big Wheel" type tricycle, other
tricycle or a bicycle with training wheels. (But not an adult tricycle.)
• The crash involves a motor vehicle which is backing.
• The crash occurs in: a parking lot, etc.
3. If none of the Special Circumstances apply, determine whether the initial approach
paths of the motorist and pedalcyclist are parallel or crossing.
4. Review each parallel or crossing path type in order and select the first one that applies.
5. Within the first parallel or crossing path type which applies, review each crash type
description in order and select the first one that applies.
6. If no crash type description applies, continue with the next parallel or crossing path
heading and repeat steps 4 and 5.
7. If you reach the Insufficient Information heading without finding a type that applies,
enter Parallel Paths Unknown or Crossing Paths Unknown (SAS codes 0098 or 0099).
Before using an Insufficient Information code, review the report to assure that you
have not missed any information that would lead you to select another crash type.
As you code, refer to the diagram and label accompanying each crash for additional
information. Remember that the diagrams are examples only, and do not represent all
possible situations to which the type can be applied.
If more than one pedalcyclist is involved in a crash, the first pedalcyclist struck defines the
crash. Consider only the circumstances surrounding the collision with the first pedalcyclist in
determining the type.
Read each crash description below. If none apply, select None of These Crash Descriptions
Apply.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Spec. Cir. - Weird (A24) C 250
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
1 n/a n/a No
2 27472 0040 Yes
Remarks:
Enter Yes if the cyclist is riding a child's vehicle, such as a "Big Wheel" type tricycle, other
tricycle or a bicycle with training wheels (but not an adult tricycle); No, otherwise.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Pedestrian/Bike Accident Type - Spec. Cir. - Children’s Veh. (A24 ) C251
Crash General Crash Description
Long Name: Does the crash involve a motor vehicle which is backing?
Element Values:
1 n/a n/a No
2 27473 0011 Yes
Remarks:
Enter Yes if the crash involves a motor vehicle which is backing; No, otherwise.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Spec. Cir. - Backing Motor Veh. (A24) C 252
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
n/a n/a 0029 Parking Lot, Open Area or Another Non-Roadway Location
1 27474 0029 A Parking Lot or Open Area
2 27585 0029 Another Non-Roadway Location, Such as a Gas Station
3 47630 n/a None of These Items Describe the Crash Events
Remarks:
Enter Yes if the crash occurs in a parking lot or open area or another non-roadway location,
such as a gas station, alley, lot, etc.; No, otherwise.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Spec. Cir. - Not on a Roadway (A24) C 253
Crash General Crash Description
Long Name: What are the initial approach paths of the motorist and cyclist?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Specify the initial approach paths (i.e., before any turns which cause the crash or turns to
avoid it).
Enter Parallel if the cyclist and motor vehicle are approaching each other on parallel paths,
heading either in the same direction or in opposing directions.
Enter Crossing if the cyclist and motor vehicle are on intersecting paths
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Spec. Cir. - App. Paths-Par. Vs. Cros. (A24) C 254
Crash General Crash Description
Enter Unknown if there is no way of knowing whether the vehicles' initial approach paths are
parallel or crossing.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Spec. Cir. - App. Paths-Par. Vs. Cros. (A24) C 255
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
1 n/a n/a Parallel Path 1 (Motorist Turns or Merges into the Path of the
Cyclist)
2 n/a n/a Parallel Path 2 (Cyclist Turns or Merges into the Path of the
Motorist)
3 n/a n/a Parallel Path 3 (Operator Is on the Wrong Side of the Street)
4 n/a n/a Parallel Path 4 (Motorist Is Overtaking the Cyclist)
5 n/a n/a Parallel Path 5 (Cyclist Is Overtaking a Motor Vehicle)
6 n/a n/a Parallel Path 6 (Operator Loses Control and Inadvertently
Swerves into the Path of the Other Vehicle Because of:)
7 27554 0098 Parallel Path 7 (There Is No Way of Knowing Which of the above
Is True)
Remarks:
Select Parallel Path 1 if the motorist turns or merges into the path of the cyclist.
Select Parallel Path 2 If the cyclist turns or merges into the path of the motorist.
Select Parallel Path 3 If the operator (motorist or cyclist) is on the wrong side of the street.
Select Parallel Path 6 If the operator (motorist or cyclist) loses control and inadvertently
swerves into the path of the other vehicle because of:
Select Parallel Path 7 If there is no way of knowing which of the above scenarios is true.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Spec. Cir. - Parallel Path Category (A24) C 257
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
1 n/a n/a Crossing Path 1 (Cyclist Does Not Clear Intersection Before
Light Turns Green for Cross Traffic)
2 n/a n/a Crossing Path 2 (Motorist Fails to Yield to the Cyclist)
3 n/a n/a Crossing Path 3 (Cyclist Fails to Yield to the Motorist, Midblock)
4 n/a n/a Crossing Path 4 (Cyclist Fails to Yield to the Motorist at an
Intersection)
5 n/a n/a Crossing Path 5 (Motorist Is Turning)
6 n/a n/a Crossing Path 6 (Cyclist Is Turning)
7 n/a n/a Crossing Path 7 (Crash Occurs at an Intersection)
8 27601 0099 Crossing Path 8 (There Is No Way of Knowing Which of the
above Is True)
Remarks:
Select Crossing Path 1 if the cyclist does not clear intersection before light turns green for
cross traffic.
Select Crossing Path 3 if the cyclist fails to yield to the motorist, midblock.
Select Crossing Path 4 if the cyclist fails to yield to the motorist at an intersection.
Select Crossing Path 8 If there is no way of knowing which of the "Crossing Paths" is true.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Spec. Cir. - Crossing Path Category (A24) C 258
Crash General Crash Description
Element Values:
Parallel Path 1 (Motorist Turns or Merges into the Path of the Cyclist)
Parallel Path 2 (Cyclist Turns or Merges into the Path of the Motorist)
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 259
Crash General Crash Description
Parallel Path 6 (Operator Loses Control and Inadvertently Swerves into the Path of the Other
Vehicle Because of:)
Crossing Path 1 (Cyclist Does Not Clear Intersection Before Light Turns Green for Cross
Traffic)
* Diagrams with labels describing the crash type are shown on the data entry screen.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 260
Crash General Crash Description
Remarks:
Parallel Path 1
Select Motorist Left Turn in Front of Cyclist if the motorist is turning left and going in
the same direction as cyclist.
Select Motorist Left Turn Facing Cyclist if the motorist is turning left and the motorist
and cyclist are facing each other as they approach.
Select Motorist Right Turn in Front of Cyclist if the motorist is turning right and the
motorist and cyclist are going in either the same direction or opposite directions.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 261
Crash General Crash Description
Parallel Path 2
Select Cyclist Left Turn, in Front of Traffic Left if the cyclist turns or merges onto the street
and is going the same direction as the motorist.
Select Cyclist Left Turn, Facing Traffic Left if the cyclist turns or merges onto the street and
the cyclist and motorist are facing each other as they approach.
Select Cyclist Right Turn, from Wrong Side of Street Right if the cyclist turns or merges
onto the street and the cyclist is riding on the wrong side of the street.
Parallel Path 3
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 262
Crash General Crash Description
Select Wrong Way Motorist if the motorist is going the wrong way.
Select Wrong Way Cyclist if the cyclist is going the wrong way.
Parallel Path 4
Select Motorist Overtaking, Misjudges Passing Space if the motorist misjudges the
space, length or width required to pass the cyclist.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 263
Crash General Crash Description
Parallel Path 5
Select Cyclist Strikes Parked Vehicle if the cyclist strikes a vehicle in parking lane.
Parallel Path 6
The operator loses control and inadvertently swerves into the path of the other vehicle
because of any of the following reasons:
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 264
Crash General Crash Description
Crossing Path 1
The cyclist does not clear intersection before light turns green for cross traffic.
Select Trapped if the cyclist does not clear the intersection before the light turns green
for cross traffic and the motorist's view of the cyclist is not obstructed.
Select Multiple Threat if the cyclist does not clear the intersection before the light
turns green for cross traffic and the motorist's view of the cyclist is obstructed by
standing traffic.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 265
Crash General Crash Description
Crossing Path 2
Select Drive Through if the crash occurs at a controlled intersection and the motorist
runs a sign or signal.
Select Drive Out, Stop Sign if, at an intersection controlled by a stop sign or flashing
light, the motorist obeys the sign but fails to yield to the cyclist.
Select Right on Red if, at an intersection controlled by a signal, the motorist obeys the
signal but fails to yield to the cyclist when making a right turn when the signal is red.
Select Drive Out, Intersection if the crash occurs at an intersection and the situation
is not covered above.
Crossing Path 3
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 266
Crash General Crash Description
Select Ride Out, Commercial Driveway if the cyclist fails to yield to the motorist at a
commercial driveway.
Select Ride Out, Midblock if the cyclist fails to yield to the motorist at a shoulder or
curb -- midblock location. (Cyclist not using driveway.)
Crossing Path 4
Select Ride Out, Intersection if the cyclist fails to yield to the motorist at an
intersection and the situation is not covered above.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 267
Crash General Crash Description
Crossing Path 5
Select Motorist Swings Wide if the motorist is turning right and swings out too wide.
Crossing Path 6
Select Cyclist Swings Wide if the cyclist is turning right and swings out too wide.
Crossing Path 7
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA037 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
equals 21 or 22 TYPE (A24) must not equal 0000.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 269
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 270
Crash General Crash Description
Warnings
IF THEN
AA041 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE
TYPE (A24) equals 0740 (A16) should equal 01, 04, 08, 09
or 99.
Post Entry
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 271
Crash General Crash Description
IF THEN
AD026 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT at least one DRIVER PRESENCE
TYPE (A24) equals 0210 (D01) must equal 0.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 272
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 273
Crash General Crash Description
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Ped./Bike Acc. Type - Par./Cros, Path Cat. Crash Type (A24) C 274
Vehicles PreCrash/Traffic Devices
Long Name: Enter the category of traffic control devices applicable to this vehicle.
Element Values:
Stop Sign
Yield Sign
School Zone Related Sign
Other Sign
Unknown Sign
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Traffic Control Device - Category (A16) C 275
Vehicles PreCrash/Traffic Devices
OTHER
Remarks:
Coding procedures are described under variable A16, Traffic Control Device - Specific
Controls, below.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA011A EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE -
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT CATEGORY (A16) must not equal
(A06) for this vehicle equals 23 2-5.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Traffic Control Device - Category (A16) C 276
Vehicles PreCrash/Traffic Devices
Long Name: What traffic control devices are applicable to this vehicle?
Element Values:
WARNING SIGNS
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Traffic Control Device - Specific Controls (A16) C 277
Vehicles PreCrash/Traffic Devices
OTHER
Remarks:
This variable has been broken into 2 variables (devicecatid and deviceid)–Could easily make
it 1 variable.
This variable measures controls which regulate vehicular traffic. Excluded are any controls
which solely regulate pedestrians (e.g., Walk/Wait signals).
Pavement markings are used to supplement the regulations or warnings of other devices such
as traffic signs or signals. In other instances, they are used alone and produce results that
can not be obtained by the use of any other device. Pavements markings can convey
warnings or information to the driver without diverting his attention from the roadway.
However, pavement markings are not considered as traffic control devices for the purposes of
this variable and are not entered.
Code No Controls is used if at the time of the crash there was no intent to control (regulate or
warn) vehicle traffic. Use this attribute if statutory controls apply (e.g., state law requires that
when two vehicles meet at an uncontrolled intersection, the one on the right has the right-of-
way).
In 1998 the attributes are prioritized in decreasing numerical SAS value (i.e., Traffic Control
Signal (on colors) takes precedence over Flashing Traffic Control Signal or Flashing
Beacon, Flashing Traffic Control Signal or Flashing Beacon takes precedence over Other
Traffic Signal, etc.). In 1999 this is a one-to-many variable.
Attributes are grouped generally into those “not at railroad grade crossing” and those “at
railroad grade crossing”. This means that highway traffic signals take precedence over
regulatory signs, school zone signs and warning signs. Regulatory signs take precedence
over school and warning signs. School signs take precedence over warning signs. Likewise,
active (railroad crossing) devices take precedence over passive devices. If a school guard,
police officer or other officially-designated person controls both pedestrian and vehicular
traffic, code Officer, Crossing Guard, Flagman, etc. Any officially-designated person
takes precedence over attributes No Controls through Unknown Type Warning Sign.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Traffic Control Device - Specific Controls (A16) C 278
Vehicles PreCrash/Traffic Devices
Traffic Control Signal (on Colors) is used if the PAR indicates a signal which processes
through the green, amber, and red cycles. The source of actuation is of no concern.
Flashing Traffic Control Signal or Flashing Beacon is used if (1) the signal has green,
amber, and red cycle capability but is being used to flash amber/red only or (2) the device is
capable of only flashing amber/red signals.
School Zone Related Sign is used when the first harmful event occurred during the time the
sign was in effect. If the sign was in effect, it does not matter whether or not children were
present.
Other Sign includes speed limit signs, movement signs (e.g., NO TURN, LEFT TURN ONLY,
DO NOT PASS, PASS WITH CARE, KEEP RIGHT, DO NOT ENTER, WRONG WAY, ONE
WAY), parking signs (e.g., NO PARKING, EMERGENCY PARKING ONLY), and other
miscellaneous signs (e.g., STOP HERE ON RED, NO TURN ON RED, ROAD CLOSED TO
THRU TRAFFIC, WEIGHT LIMIT..., TRUCK ROUTE). There must be specific mention of the
sign on the PAR.
Warning Signs include any black on orange diamond shaped sign or any black on yellow
diamond shaped sign. Some black on yellow horizontal rectangular or vertical rectangular
signs are also included.
At Railroad Grade Crossing should only be used when the first harmful event occurs in the
area of a roadway and a railroad bed (i.e., Relation to Junction equals Railroad Grade
Crossing). Attributes referring to Trafficway Traffic Signals, Regulatory School Zone
Signs, and Warning Signs should be used when the first harmful event occurs anywhere
else.
Active Device at RR Crossing (e.g., Gates, Flashing Lights, Traffic Control Signal) is
used when the PAR reports that the railroad crossing was guarded by a gate, a flashing light,
a traffic control signal, a bell or any combination thereof.
Passive Device at RR Crossing (e.g., Stop Sign, Cross Bucks, etc.) is used when the
PAR indicates that no train activated devices were present. Cross bucks are a large “X”, with
the words RAILROAD CROSSING spelled out on the “X”. A railroad advance warning sign is
a circle with a black “X” on a yellow background.
Other Traffic Control (Whether or Not At RR Grade Crossing) includes: (1) a school bus
with flashers activated where vehicles are required to stop or (2) any other device which (a)
functions as a traffic control device which is not listed as an attribute of this variable and (b) is
not excluded by the manual and (c) is related to the crash. Some examples are: barricades,
cones, drums, and object markers.
When a traffic control is deactivated (e.g., traffic signal that emits no signals) during certain
times of the day and was deactivated at the time of the crash, code No Controls. A traffic
control that has just been installed and not yet activated is also coded No Controls.
However, a traffic control that is out (e.g., due to a power failure) and was reported as such on
the PAR is coded, unless a temporary control (e.g., stop sign, police officer, etc.) has been
inserted, in which case the temporary control should be coded.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Traffic Control Device - Specific Controls (A16) C 279
Vehicles PreCrash/Traffic Devices
Unknown is used if no information is contained on the PAR or the information on the PAR is
inadequate for choosing one of the other attributes.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AA011 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE -
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT SPECIFIC CONTROLS (A16) must
(A06) for this vehicle equals 23 not equal 01-51or 98.
Warnings
IF THEN
AA021 INTERSTATE HIGHWAY (A08) TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE
equals 1 (A16) should not equal 01, 21, 23
or 61-97.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Traffic Control Device - Specific Controls (A16) C 280
Vehicles PreCrash/Traffic Devices
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP054 TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
(A16) equals 01, 04, 08, 09, 21, TYPE (A24) should equal
22, 28 or 29, and at least one 0005-0007, 0009, 0010, 0012,
PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 6 0018, 0019, 0021 0024, 0048,
0049, 0054 or 0055.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Traffic Control Device - Specific Controls (A16) C 281
Vehicles PreCrash/Contributory Factors
Element Values:
1 26802 00 None
2 26803 01 Tires
3 26804 02 Brake System
4 26805 03 Steering System - Tie Rod, Kingpin, Ball Joint, etc.
5 26806 04 Suspension - Springs, Shock Absorbers, MachPherson Struts,
Control Arms, etc.
6 26807 05 Power Train - Universal Joint, Drive Shaft, Transmission, etc.
7 26808 06 Exhaust System
8 26809 07 Headlights
9 26810 08 Signal Lights
10 26811 09 Other Lights
11 26812 10 Wipers
12 26813 11 Wheels
13 26814 12 Mirrors
14 26815 13 Driver Seating & Control
15 26816 14 Body, Doors
16 26817 15 Trailer Hitch
17 26818 50 Hit-and-Run Vehicle
18 26819 97 Vehicle Contributing Factors - No Details
19 26820 98 Other Vehicle Contributing Factors
20 26821 99 Unknown if Contributing Factors
Remarks:
Vehicle Contributing Factors are mechanical flaws that may have contributed to the cause of a
crash. These factors can appear anywhere on the PAR - in the narrative section, in the space
for violations, in a column entitled “Contributing Factors” or “Vehicle Defects”, etc. It is not
necessary that the PAR indicate this “factor” as a cause of the crash.
If more than one factor is indicated on the PAR, select the code for the attribute with the
lowest numerical value (e.g., Brake system would be coded if both brake system and steering
system “factors” were indicated).
Code None is used if no vehicle defect or factor was indicated by the investigating officer.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Contributing Factors (V12) C 282
Vehicles PreCrash/Contributory Factors
Code Tires includes any defect of a tire. If the contributing factor is of the wheel (e.g., a lug
nut comes off), then use code “Wheels.”
Code Power Train (Universal Joint, Drive Shaft, Transmission, etc.) includes engine and
differential. Stuck throttle is coded here.
Code Exhaust System includes exhaust manifold(s), headers, muffler, catalytic converter,
tailpipe, etc.
Code Body, Doors includes trunk, hood, tailgate, rear doors of cargo vans, etc.
Code Trailer Hitch applies to a defective trailer hitch or an improper trailer hitch. If the PAR
cites this attribute, then code it.
Code Hit-and-Run Vehicle is used for a hit-and-run vehicle unless the PAR indicates the
presence of a “defect.”
Code Other Vehicle Contributing Factors is used if a defect is cited but is not listed above.
Code Unknown If Contributing Factors is used only if the PAR specifically indicates an
“unknown defect” or “unknown contributing factor.”
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV073 VEHICLE CONTRIBUTING HIT-AND-RUN (V02) must equal 1.
FACTORS (V12) equals 50
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Contributing Factors (V12) C 283
Vehicles Crash/Damaged Areas
Element Values:
1 26822 0 No Damage
2 26823 1 Front
3 26824 2 Right Side
4 26825 3 Left Side
5 26826 4 Back
6 26827 5 Top
7 26828 6 Undercarriage
8 26829 7 All Areas Damaged
9 26830 9 Damage Areas Unknown
Remarks:
This variable reports this vehicle’s specific areas damaged due to impact. The totality of the
damage is used when determining the specific areas.
“Vehicle” as used in this variable includes the power unit plus all trailers connected by means
of a fixed linkage at the time of impact. The six planes (front, right side, left side, back, top,
and undercarriage) are measured with respect to the entire vehicle (capsule). In contrast, any
trailer disconnected prior to impact is treated as an object.
Example: A single vehicle crash involving a head-on impact with a brick wall results in
damage to the vehicle’s left side, front and right side. The correct coding for this is Front,
Left, and Right. If this same impact had resulted in damage to the front and left side only, the
correct coding would be Front and Left.
No Damage is used when the vehicle sustains no impact but is part of the crash due to a non-
collision event such as: fire or explosion, immersion, gas inhalation, an occupant’s fall from
the vehicle, an injured occupant without an external impact or other non-impacts except most
jackknife situations.
Front, Right Side, Left Side, Back, Top or Undercarriage are used whenever the PAR
indicates that one or more (but not all) planes are damage in the crash.
All Damaged Areas is used whenever the PAR indicates that all planes received damage in
the crash. This includes both the top and undercarriage planes. In order for All Damage
Areas to be involved, the vehicle will usually have to have rolled over or sustained numerous
impacts.
Damage Areas Unknown is used whenever the PAR does not indicate which area or areas
received damage or when the information on the PAR is confusing or inadequate for the
purposes of this determination. When some or all of the damage areas are unknown apply
the following guidelines:
a. Code Damage Areas Unknown when the vehicle is damaged but no specific area
is known.
b. When some damaged areas are known but uncertainty exists regarding possible
damage to other areas, code all known damage areas in addition to entering
Damage Areas Unknown.
Second Determine if any other areas may have been damaged but are not known with
certainty because the PAR information is incomplete, contradictory, etc.
Fourth If no unknown areas exist do not enter Damage Areas Unknown. If one or more
other areas are unknown, enter Damage Areas Unknown.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV057 INITIAL POINT OF IMPACT (V24) DAMAGE AREAS (V25) must have
equals 11, 12, 13 or 14 at least two values other than 0,
unless the first character is 7 or 0.
Warnings
IF THEN
VV058 DAMAGE AREAS (V25) equals 7 MANNER OF LEAVING SCENE
(V19) should equal 2 or 3.
Coding of the precrash variables is completed for each in-transport motor vehicle in the
crash. This means that the entire crash is first coded from the perspective of one vehicle,
then coded from the perspective of the second vehicle, if any, and so forth. The precrash
variables are:
C what was this vehicle/driver doing just prior to the critical event,
C what made this vehicle’s situation critical,
C what was the corrective action attempted, if any, to this critical situation, and
C what was the movement of the vehicle just prior to impact?
The most important determination that must be made for each in-transport motor vehicle is:
what was this vehicle’s Critical Event, (i.e., what action by this vehicle, another vehicle,
person, animal or non-fixed object was critical to this vehicle’s crash?). Once this
determination is made, then determine the driver’s corrective action to the event which made
this vehicle’s involvement critical.
Corrective Action Attempted, is defined as avoidance maneuver(s) taken by the driver, within
a critical crash envelope, in response to a Critical Event.
Do not consider culpability as a factor for determining precrash data. Many crash scenarios
will suggest fault, but this is considered coincidental rather than by design.
(1) the driver recognizes an impending danger (e.g.,.deer runs into the roadway) or
(2) the vehicle is in an imminent path of collision with another vehicle, pedestrian, pedalcyclist,
other non-motorist, object or animal.
Most crashes involve only a single critical crash envelope in which the object contacted is
captured under the Critical Event. An example: A vehicle traveling on a roadway strikes a
deer that runs into the roadway. This crash type and similar ones are very straightforward and
will not present many coding problems.
Example A: A driver avoids one obstacle and immediately impacts another vehicle,
person, object or animal. Because immediate is defined as not having an opportunity
or sufficient time to take any additional avoidance actions, the Critical Event is coded
to the vehicle, person, object or animal which the driver successfully avoided instead
of the vehicle’s first harmful event (i.e., its first impact).
Example B: The driver avoids an obstacle only to (a) lose steering control and/or (b)
have the vehicle stop tracking, and the vehicle subsequently impacts another vehicle,
person, object or animal. Regardless of whether the driver attempted to regain
steering control, caused the vehicle to resume a tracking posture or attempted to
avoided the impacted vehicle, person, object or animal; the Critical Event is similarly
coded to the vehicle, person, object or animal which the driver successfully avoided
because the driver’s critical crash envelope was never stabilized.
In both examples above, the Corrective Action Attempted records the successful action taken
to avoid the Critical Event.
The coding order for a single critical crash envelope is illustrated below.
Multiple critical crash envelopes are defined as events (i.e., at least two) which occur prior to
impact where the driver has successfully avoided the impending danger, regained control of
the vehicle, and subsequently encountered another impending danger. When a crash
scenario involves multiple critical crash envelopes, code only the final critical crash envelope.
The previous successfully avoided critical crash envelopes are captured under the variable
Pre-event Movement where the attribute “successfully avoidance maneuver to a previous
critical event “ should be selected. The final critical crash envelope which resulted in this
vehicle’s first harmful event (i.e., its impact) should be coded under the appropriate variables
as shown in the following illustration.
D07 V21 V26 V27 V28 V29 D07 V21 V26 V27 V28 V29 A06
Driver Move- Critical Corrective Precrash Pre- Driver Move- Critical Corrective Pre- Pre- First
Distrac- ment Event Action Vehicle Crash Distrac- ment Event Action Crash Crash Harmful
ted Prior Attempted Control Loca- ted Prior Attempted Vehicle Loca- Event
By To tion By To Control tion
Critical Critical
Event Event
When there is doubt as to whether this vehicle had experienced multiple critical crash
envelopes (i.e. unknown if the driver successfully avoided and regained control of the vehicle),
default to a complex single critical crash envelope when coding the Critical Event.
The pages which follow contain a flowchart, method protocol, precrash general rules, and
seven examples to aid in explaining the proper method for coding precrash data.
Police
Report
No Yes
This vehicle travel position in environment made it critical?
(Select elements within this category)
No
The other vehicle "in" this vehicle's lane made it critical? Yes
(Select elements within this category)
No
The other vehicle encroaching into this vehicle's lane made it critical? Yes
(Select elements within this category)
No
A pedestrian, pedalcyclist, or other nonmotorist in
the environment made it critical? Yes
(Select elements within this category)
No Yes
An object or animal in the environment made it critical?
(Select elements within this category)
No
Yes
Some other or Unknown event made it critial?
Yes
* FOR EXAMPLE:
“But for” Vehicle # going left-of-center, this vehicle would not have been involved in this accident.
“But for” having entered into the intersection, this vehicle would not have been involved in this accident.
Method Protocol
Review the entire Police Report for pre-impact information (e.g., written statements, encoded
data, scene diagrams, etc) as inputs to your precrash decision making process.
What reported action by this vehicle, another vehicle, person, animal or object
was critical to this driver becoming involved in the crash (i.e., use the “BUT
FOR” test)?
Ask yourself questions (a) through (f) below. Proceed through each question
that applies to the crash you are researching. When the answer to the
question is “Yes”- Stop,. This is the Critical Event - Precrash 2 (Category).
Now you must determine the appropriate attribute within the category.
(a) But for this vehicle’s loss-of-control, would the crash have occurred?
(b) But for this vehicle’s travel position in the environment would the crash
have occurred?
(c) But for another vehicle in this vehicle’s lane, would the crash have
occurred?
(d) But for another vehicle encroaching into this vehicle’s lane, would the
crash have occurred?
(e) But for a pedestrian, pedalcyclist or other non-motorist in or approaching
this vehicle’s path, would the crash have occurred?
(f) But for an animal in or approaching this vehicle’s path or an object in this
vehicle’s path, would the crash have occurred?
What does the PAR indicate the driver tried to do to avoid the crash?
What does the PAR indicate the vehicle was doing just prior to impact?
Where does the PAR indicate the vehicle was located just prior to impact?
5. Determine “Driver Distracted By.”
What does the PAR indicate this vehicle was doing just prior to impact?
1. Corrective Action Attempted - Precrash 3 assesses what the vehicle did rather than
what the PAR stated the driver tried to do.
2. A traffic control signal/sign can make the situation critical when coding Critical Event -
Precrash 2 (Event).
3. When you know what sub-group of the “Critical Event - Precrash 2 (Event)” applies but
are unable to select a specific element within that group, default to “other” or “unknown
“ in that sub-group rather than using “Other Critical Precrash event” or “Unknown”.
4. If control loss is due to driver illness such as heart attacks, diabetic comas, etc., then
the Critical Event - Precrash 2 (Event) category and element value are: ” This Vehicle
Loss of Control” Due to - “Other cause of control loss”.
5. In coding Critical Event - Precrash 2 (Event), loss of control must have occurred prior
to the driver attempting any avoidance maneuver. If the driver attempts a maneuver
(i.e., brakes, steers, etc) as a result of the driver’s perception of a vehicle, object,
pedestrian or non-motorist, then code the vehicle, object, pedestrian or non-motorist
as what made it critical. If the vehicle is in a yaw prior to the driver taking an
avoidance action, then loss-of-control is what made it critical (e.g., critical; curve scuff,
hydroplaning, etc.).
6. When it cannot be determined from the PAR which driver had the right-of-way at a
controlled or uncontrolled intersection, then use the following guidelines for coding
Critical Event - Precrash 2 (Event):
7. Modify this rule to exclude reference to culpability. The question is not who has the
“right-of-way” but what made the situation critical. The legality issue related to traffic
controls should not be the focus of precrash. Suggest modifying the rule as follows:
When coding Critical Event - Precrash 2 (Event) for vehicles executing a left turn at a
junction (e.g., intersection, driveway etc.), where the turning vehicle was impacted by
a vehicle traveling in the opposite direction, code “This Vehicle Traveling - This vehicle
turning left at intersection” for the turning vehicle and “Other Motor Vehicle
Encroaching into Lane - from opposite direction - over left lane line” for the opposing
vehicle.
8. Recommend deleting or expanding this rule. Why do we address “fixed” object here?
What would be an example of a “fixed” object that would be confusing to the coder and
require special coding consideration/rules?
9. Clarification needed - What is the rule attempting to describe? The role of the
ricocheting vehicle or the role of the stopped vehicle? What are the locations of the
various vehicles in this example?
10. If the PAR did not indicate skidding and the vehicle did not rotate 30 degrees or more
(either clockwise or counterclockwise), then code Pre-impact Stability as “Tracking”
Example 1
Vehicle 1 Vehicle 2
*
D07 (06) (Distracted) while dialing cellular phone (02) Looked but did not see
V26 (17) Crossing Over (passing through) intersection (66) From crossing street across path
V28 (2) Skidding longitudinally - rotation less than 30 degrees (1) Tracking
V29 (1) Stayed in original travel lane (1) Stayed in original travel lane
In this example, vehicle 1 has one critical crash envelope (V1CCE), which begins at the
point where driver 1 recognizes that vehicle 1 is in an imminent collision path with vehicle 2.
Vehicle 1's critical crash envelope ends at the point of impact with vehicle 2.
Vehicle 2 has one critical crash envelope (V2CCE). Although the driver of vehicle 2 did not
recognize the danger, vehicle 2's critical crash envelope begins at the point where vehicle 2 is
in an imminent path of collision with vehicle 1. Vehicle 2's critical crash envelope ends at the
point of impact with vehicle 1.
Example 2
Vehicle 1 and vehicle 2 are traveling in opposite directions on the same roadway. The driver
of vehicle 1 falls asleep and crosses over the center line into the travel lane of vehicle 2.
Vehicle 2 attempted to avoid vehicle 1 by steering right onto the shoulder and accelerating.
Vehicle 1 impacted vehicle 2 in the side.
Vehicle 1 Vehicle 2
*
D07 (10) Sleepy or fell asleep (01) Attentive or not distracted
V26 (10) Over the lane line on left side of travel lane (62) From opposite direction over left lane line
V29 (2) Stayed on roadway, but left original travel lane (4) Departed roadway
In this example, vehicle 1 has one critical crash envelope (V1CCE) which begins at the point
where vehicle 1 crosses over the lane line and ends at the point of impact with vehicle 2.
Vehicle 2 has one critical crash envelope (V2CCE) which begins at the poinr where driver 2
recognizes vehicle 1 encroaching into his/her travel lane. Vehicle 2's critical crash envelope
ends at the point of impact with vehicle 1.
Example 3
Vehicle 1 Vehicle 2
*
D07 (01) Attentive or not distracted (01) Attentive or not distracted
V26 (10) Over the lane line on left side of travel lane (54) Traveling in opposite direction
V27 (09) Braking and steering right (09) Braking and steering right
V28 (2) Skidding longitudinally - rotation less than 30 degrees (2) Skidding longitudinally - rotation less than
30 degrees
V29 (1) Stayed in original travel lane (1) Stayed in original travel lane
In this example, vehicle 1 has two critical crash envelopes (V1CCE1 and V1CCE2). Vehicle 1's
first critical crash envelope (V1CCE1) ends at the point where the driver of vehicle 1 made a
successful corrective action and maintained full control of the vehicle. Vehicle 1's second
critical crash envelope (V1CCE2) begins immediately following the successful corrective
action and ends at the point of impact with vehicle 2. Code the critical crash envelope which
resulted in vehicle 1's first impact (V1CCE2).
Vehicle 2 has one critical crash envelope (V2CCE) which begins at the point where driver 2
recognizes vehicle 1 in his/her travel lane and ends at the point of impact with vehicle 1.
The noncontact vehicle was not involved in an impact with a another vehicle, person, animal
or object in the sequence of accident events and is therefore not included in the General
Estimates System.
Example 4
Vehicle 1 and vehicle 2 are traveling in opposite directions on the same roadway. The driver
of vehicle 1 brakes (without lockup) and steers left to avoid a pedestrian who darted into
his/her travel lane. Vehicle 1 crosses over the center line into the travel path of vehicle 2. The
driver of vehicle 2 was talking with a passenger and not paying close attention to driving and
at the last second attempted to avoid vehicle 1 by braking and steering right onto the
shoulder. Vehicle 2 skids and rotates clockwise about 45 degrees before it is impacted in the
side by vehicle 1.
Vehicle 1 Vehicle 2
*
D07 (01) Attentive or not distracted (03) (Distracted) by other occupant
V26 (80) Pedestrian in roadway (62) From opposite direction over left lane line
V27 (08) Braking and steering left (09) Braking and steering right
V29 (2) Stayed on roadway, but left original travel lane (1) Stayed in original travel lane
In this example, vehicle 1 has one critical crash envelope (V1CCE). Vehicle 1's critical crash
envelope involved a successful avoidance of a pedestrian [i.e., V26 (Critical Event) equals
1999 SAS value "80"] which resulted in an immediate impact to vehicle 2. Therefore, the
pedestrian is coded as the critical precrash event for vehicle 1. Vehicle 1's corrective action is
coded as the action taken to avoid the pedestrian.
Vehicle 2 has one critical crash envelope (V2CCE) which begins at the point where driver 2
recognized and reacted to vehicle 1 in his/her travel lane and ends at the point of impact with
vehicle 1.
Example 5
Vehicle 1 and vehicle 2 are traveling in opposite directions on the same roadway. The driver
of vehicle 1 steers left to avoid a pedestrian who darted into his/her travel lane. Vehicle 1
crosses over the center line and the adjacent travel lane, departing the roadway. Then driver 1
re-enters the roadway, in full control of the vehicle but traveling in the lane of opposing traffic.
Vehicle 2 attempted to avoid vehicle 1 by steering right and braking (with skidding and
clockwise rotation greater than 30 degrees). Vehicle 1 attempted to avoid vehicle 2 by
steering right without braking. Vehicle 1 impacted vehicle 2 in the side.
Vehicle 1 Vehicle 2
*
D07 (01) Attentive or not distracted (01) Attentive or not distracted
V26 (10) Over lane line on left side of travel lane (54) Traveling in opposite direction
V29 (1) Stayed in original travel lane (1) Stayed in original travel lane
In this example, vehicle 1 has two critical crash envelopes (V1CCE1 and V1CCE2). Vehicle 1's
first critical crash envelope (V1CCE1) begins at the point where driver 1 recognizes the
pedestrian coming into his/her travel path and ends at the point where the driver of vehicle 1,
having made a successful corrective action, regains full control of the vehicle. Vehicle 1's
second critical crash envelope (V1CCE2) begins when driver 1, in full control of vehicle 1,
re-enters the roadway in the travel lane of opposing traffic and ends at the point of impact with
vehicle 2. Code the critical crash envelope which resulted in vehicle 1's first impact (V1CCE2).
Vehicle 2 has one critical crash envelope (V2CCE) which begins at the point where driver 2
recognized and reacted to vehicle 1 in his/her travel lane and ends at the point of impact with
vehicle 1.
Example 6
Vehicle 1 and vehicle 2 are traveling in the same direction in adjacent lanes on a divided
highway (with a painted median). While the driver of vehicle 1 was using a razor, the vehicle
has a blow out, driver 1 loses control, crosses the left lane line and impacts the right rear of
vehicle 2. Vehicle 2 is redirected across the painted median, skidding and rotating clockwise,
and subsequently impacts vehicle 3. Vehicle 3 attempted to avoid vehicle 2 by steering right
and accelerating.
Vehicle 1 Vehicle 2
*
D07 (09) (Distracted) while using other device/object in (01) Attentive or not distracted
vehicle
V26 (01) Blow out or flat tire (61) [Other motor vehicle] From adjacent lane
(same direction) - over right lane line
V29 (2) Stayed on roadway, but left original travel lane (1) Stayed in original travel lane
Vehicle 3
D07 (01) Attentive or not distracted
In this example, vehicle 1 has one critical crash envelope (V1CCE) which begins with control
loss due to the blow out and ends at the point of impact with vehicle 2. The blow out is coded
as the critical event (V26 equals 1999 SAS value 01).
Vehicle 2 has 2 critical crash envelopes (V2CCE1 and V2CCE2). Vehicle 2's first critical crash
envelope (V2CCE1) begins when vehicle 1 enters vehicle 2's travel lane and ends at the point
of impact with vehicle 1. Vehicle 2's second critical crash envelope (V2CCE2) begins
immediately after the first impact and ends at the point of impact with vehicle 3. Code only
the critical crash envelope which resulted in vehicle 2's first impact (V2CCE1), because the
GES is only interested in coding the critical crash envelope which leads to a vehicle’s first
harmful event. Discussion continued on next page.
Vehicle 3 has one critical crash envelope (V3CCE) which begins when driver 3 recognizes and
reacts to vehicle 2 which is in an imminent path of collision with vehicle 3 and ends at the
point of impact with vehicle 2.
Example 7
Vehicle 1 and vehicle 2 are traveling in opposite directions on the same roadway. A
noncontact vehicle is parked in front of a noncontact truck-tractor (with a trailer) on the road
shoulder and suddenly enters the roadway into vehicle 1's travel lane. The driver of vehicle 1
instantly brakes (with lockup) and steers left (with counterclockwise rotation) to avoid the
noncontact vehicle. Vehicle 1 crosses over the center line and immediately impacts vehicle 2.
Vehicle 2 had no corrective actions.
Vehicle 1 Vehicle 2
*
D07 (01) Attentive or not distracted (01) Attentive or not distracted
V26 (64) From parking lane (62) From opposite direction over left lane line
V29 (2) Stayed on roadway, but left original travel lane (1) Stayed in original travel lane
In this example, vehicle 1 has one critical crash envelope (V1CCE). Vehicle 1's critical crash
envelope involved a successful avoidance of a noncontact vehicle and resulted in an
immediate impact to vehicle 2. Vehicle 1's critical crash envelope was initiated by the
noncontact vehicle, afterwards there was no opportunity for subsequent avoidance actions.
Therefore, the encroachment of the noncontact vehicle into vehicle 1's travel lane is coded as
the critical precrash event for vehicle 1. Vehicle 1's corrective action is coded as the action
taken to avoid the noncontact vehicle.
Vehicle 2 has one critical crash envelope (V2CCE) which begins at the point where vehicle 1
is in an imminent path of collision with vehicle 2 and ends at the point of impact with vehicle 1.
The noncontact vehicle and the noncontact truck were not involved in an impact in the
sequence of accident events and are therefore not coded in the General Estimates System.
Long Name: What is the critical event category for this vehicle’s first impact?
Element Values:
Remarks:
See Precrash Data Overview and remarks under variable V26, Critical Event - Precrash 2
(Event), for coding procedures.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Category (V26) C303
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
Long Name: Enter the critical event for this vehicle’s first impact.
Element Values:
1 10397 (10) Over the lane line on left side of travel lane
2 10398 (11) Over the lane line on right side of travel lane
3 10399 100(12) Off the edge of the road on the left side
4 10400 101(13) Off the edge of the road on the right side
n/a n/a 199 Unknown Which Edge
5 10425 102(14) End departure
6 10426 (15) Turning left at intersection
7 10427 (16) Turning right at intersection
8 10428 (17) Crossing over (passing through) intersection
9 10429 (18) This vehicle decelerating
10 10430 (19) Unknown travel direction
n/a n/a 199 Unknown which edge
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 304
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 305
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
OBJECT OR ANIMAL
OTHER
UNKNOWN
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 306
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
Remarks:
This variable identifies the critical event which made the crash imminent (i.e., something
occurred which made the collision possible). Responsive actions to this situation, if any, are
coded under Attempted Avoidance Maneuver.
A precrash event is coded for each vehicle and identifies the circumstances leading to this
vehicle’s first impact in the accident.
Responses are grouped into six major categories and are prioritized as follows:
Do not refer to culpability when determining the critical crash event. Many accident scenarios
will suggest fault, but this should be coincidental rather than by design. As an example,
Vehicle A was traveling too fast for conditions when Vehicle B crossed Vehicle A’s path from
a driveway. The event which made the situation critical was Vehicle B’s movement across
Vehicle A’s path and not Vehicle A’s speed. In this scenario, the proper code would be (Other
motor vehicle encroaching into lane - from driveway across path).
These attributes identify situations where the critical factor leading to the collision involved
control loss of this vehicle. Control loss can be related to either mechanical failure or
environmentally induced vehicle instability. When more than one condition applies and it
cannot be determined which one had a greater effect, choose the attribute mentioned first in
the list below (i.e., Blow Out or Flat Tire takes priority over Stalled Engine).
Use the But for Test: - But for this vehicle’s loss of control, the Critical Precrash Event would
not have occurred.
Enter Blow Out or Flat Tire when a vehicle in motion loses control as the result of a tire “air
out”.
Enter Stalled Engine when a vehicle in motion loses engine power. A stalled engine situation
must precipitate a collision to be coded in this variable. Do not use this code if a vehicle is
stopped as the result of an engine malfunction (review codes under “Other Vehicle in Lane”
and “Other Vehicle Encroaching in Lane”).
Enter Disabling Vehicle Failure (e.g., Wheel Fell Off) when a mechanical malfunction, such
as a component of the vehicle suspension or steering system leads to the critical reason for
the collision.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 307
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
Enter Non-disabling Vehicle Problem (e.g., Hood Flew Up) when some mechanical
abnormality occurred to this vehicle which leads to the critical reason for the collision. The
abnormality must not be disabling damage.
Enter Poor Road Conditions (Puddle, Pot Hole, Ice, Etc.) when control loss was due to
environmental conditions of the roadway. These conditions must have initiated the precrash
event which resulted in the collision. Additionally, this code identifies conditions which were
suddenly encountered by the driver and were not on-going prior to the critical precrash event.
These conditions would include; a puddle; a defect in the roadway surface (pothole); a patch
of ice (especially “black” ice or ice covered bridges); etc.
Conditions which were on-going prior to the critical precrash event such as a snow/ice
covered roadway, wet roadway surface or a roadway under construction and were attributed
to the cause of the precrash event should be encoded under Code 6 “Traveling too fast for
conditions”.
Enter Traveling Too Fast For Conditions when this vehicles subsequent loss of control
relative to its surroundings lead to the collision. An example is a roadway departure on a
curve where the driver failed to negotiate and departed the roadway resulting in an impact. If
the driver merely steered straight while in a curve and departed the roadway, then “This
Vehicle Traveling” category codes “1" - “3" may apply.
On-going precrash weather conditions which contributed to the critical precrash event should
be coded here. As an example, a vehicle which loses control on a snow covered roadway
should be coded as “Traveling too fast for conditions”.
Enter Unknown Cause of Control Loss when it is known control loss made the situation
critical, but it is not known whether the vehicle or the environment caused the control loss.
Enter Other Cause of Control Loss when it was determined that this vehicle’s loss of control
was the primary reason which made the event critical and codes “1" - “6" do not adequately
identify the control loss condition.
These attributes identify situations where the critical factor leading to the collision involved the
travel path of this vehicle.
Use the But for Test: - But for this vehicle’s traveling path in the environment, the Critical
Event would not have occurred.
Enter Over the Lane Line on Left Side of Travel Lane when this vehicle departs its lane to
the left and is entering or had entered the adjoining lane or shoulder.
To use this code, change of travel path by this vehicle must precipitate the critical event for
the collision. As an example, this vehicle attempts to pass another vehicle on the other
vehicle’s left and is struck by a vehicle traveling within its travel lane in the opposite
direction. The correct code for this vehicle would be “1" (Over the lane line on left side of
travel lane).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 308
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
By modifying the scenario slightly, however, the lane change may not always be the factor
leading to the precrash event. Consider the same situation where this vehicle is passing to
the left of the lead vehicle. If an animal runs into the roadway and is struck by this vehicle,
then the correct choice would be “Object or Animal category” (Animal in roadway - code “1").
Enter Over the Lane Line on Right Side of Travel Lane is used when this vehicle departs
its lane to the right and is entering or had entered the adjoining lane or shoulder.
To use this code, change of travel path by this vehicle must precipitate the critical event for
the collision. As an example, this vehicle attempts to pass another vehicle on the other
vehicle’s right and is struck in the rear by a vehicle traveling in the adjacent travel lane.
Over the Lane Line on Right Side of Travel Lane would be the correct code for this
situation.
By modifying the scenario slightly, however the lane change may not always be the factor
leading to the precrash event. Consider the same situation where this vehicle is passing to
the right of the lead vehicle. An animal runs into the roadway and is struck by this vehicle, the
correct choice would be “Object or Animal” category (Animal in roadway).
Enter Off the Edge of the Road on the Left Side for situations where the initial precrash
event occurred beyond the left side shoulder area. This also includes departure into a
median.
Enter Off the Edge of the Road on the Right Side for situations where the initial precrash
event occurred beyond the right side shoulder area.
Enter End Departure when the vehicle departs the end of the roadway (e.g., “T” intersection).
Enter Turning Left at Intersection when this vehicle attempts a left turn from its roadway to
another roadway, driveway or ramp.
Enter Turning Right at Intersection when this vehicle attempts a right turn from its roadway
to another roadway, driveway or ramp.
Enter Crossing Over (Passing Through) Intersection when this vehicle is proceeding
through an intersection without any planned turning.
Enter This Vehicle Decelerating when the vehicle is decelerating or has just stopped and
was immediately struck.
Enter Unknown Travel Direction for those occasions where this vehicle’s travel made the
situation critical, but it is unknown which travel direction this vehicle was moving.
These attributes identify situations where the critical factor leading to the collision involved the
travel of the other vehicle in the same lane as this vehicle.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 309
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
Use the But for Test: - But for the other motor vehicle in this vehicle’s lane the Critical Event
would not have occurred.
Enter Other Vehicle Stopped when the other vehicle is not in motion (i.e., stopped, parked,
disabled) and in this vehicle’s travel lane. Do not use this code if the other vehicle just
stopped and was immediately struck. See “This Vehicle Traveling” Category - Code 9 and
examples on page .
Enter Traveling in Same Direction with Lower Steady Speed when the other vehicle was
the lead vehicle in the same travel lane, traveling in the same direction, and was traveling
slower than this vehicle.
Enter Traveling in Same Direction While Decelerating when the other vehicle was the lead
vehicle in the same travel lane, traveling in the same direction, and was decelerating.
Enter Traveling in Same Direction With Higher Speed when the speed of the other vehicle
was higher than this vehicle or accelerating. The other vehicle must be overtaking this
vehicle.
Enter Traveling in Opposite Direction when the other vehicle was in this vehicle’s travel
lane and traveling head-on in the opposite direction of this vehicle.
Enter In Crossover when the other vehicle enters a crossover already occupied by this
vehicle. A crossover is defined as a designated opening within a median used primarily for
“U-turns”.
Enter Backing when the other vehicle was in the process of backing up while in this vehicle’s
travel lane.
Enter Unknown travel direction of other motor vehicle in lane for situations where the
other vehicle’s activity (while in the same lane as this vehicle) precipitated the precrash event,
but the travel direction and/or speed could not be determined.
These attributes identify situations where the critical factor leading to the collision involves the
other vehicle’s movement into or across this vehicle’s travel lane from another lane,
intersection, driveway or ramp.
Use the But for Test: - But for the other motor vehicle encroaching into this vehicle’s lane the
Critical Event would not have occurred.
Enter From Adjacent Lane (Same Direction) SS Over Left Lane Line when the other
vehicle was
traveling in the same direction as this vehicle and crossed the left lane line with respect to this
vehicle’s travel lane (i.e., other vehicle crosses its right lane line).
Enter From Adjacent Lane (Same Direction) SS Over Right Lane Line when the other
vehicle was traveling in the same direction as this vehicle and crosses the right lane line with
respect to this vehicle’s travel lane (i.e., other vehicle crosses its left lane line).
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 310
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
Enter From Opposite Direction SS Over Left Lane Line when the other vehicle crosses the
left lane line while traveling in the opposite direction from this vehicle.
Enter From Opposite Direction SS Over Right Lane Line when the other vehicle crosses
the right lane line while traveling in the opposite direction from this vehicle.
Enter From Parking Lane when the other vehicle was departing a parking lane and entering
the travel lane of this vehicle.
Enter From Crossing Street, Turning Into Same Direction when the other vehicle was
turning from another roadway onto this vehicle’s roadway and attempted to travel in the same
direction as this vehicle. Use this code for entrance ramps leading onto limited access
highways.
Enter From Crossing Street, Across Path when the other vehicle was continuing straight
through the intersection and attempted to cross over this vehicle’s roadway.
Enter From Crossing Street, Turning Into Opposite Direction when the other vehicle was
entering an intersection from another roadway and was turning or attempting to turn onto this
vehicle’s roadway in the opposite travel direction of this vehicle.
Enter From Crossing Street, Intended Path Not Known when the other vehicle’s entrance
into the intersection was the critical factor which led to the collision, however, the other
vehicle’s
travel direction could not be determined.
Enter From Driveway, Turning Into Same Direction when the other vehicle was turning
from a driveway onto this vehicle’s roadway and attempted to travel in the same direction as
this vehicle.
Enter From Driveway, Across Path when the other vehicle was entering this vehicle’s
roadway form a driveway and was continuing straight across to another driveway or roadway.
Enter From Driveway, Turning Into Opposite Direction when the other vehicle was
entering this vehicle’s roadway from a driveway and was attempting to turn into the opposite
travel direction of this vehicle.
Enter From Driveway, Intended Path Not Known to identify driveway related precrash
events where details surrounding the other vehicle’s intended path are not known.
Enter From Entrance to Limited Access Highway for entrance ramp situations where the
other vehicle was attempting to enter (merge) onto the limited access highway which was
being traveled by this vehicle.
Enter Encroachment by Other Vehicle SS Details Unknown for situations where the other
vehicle initiated the critical event, but circumstances surrounding the other vehicle’s
encroachment are not known.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 311
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
These attributes identify situations where the critical factor leading to the collision for this
vehicle involved a pedestrian, pedalcyclist or other non-motorist. A pedalcyclist is defined as
a person riding a pedal power conveyance (e.g., bicycle, tricycle, etc.). A non-motorist is
defined as person riding on or in a conveyance which is not motorized or propelled by
pedaling (e.g., baby carriage, skateboard, roller blades, etc.).
Use the But for Test: - But for a pedestrian, pedalcyclist or other non-motorist in the
environment the Critical Event would not have occurred.
Enter Pedestrian in Roadway when a pedestrian was present (e.g., sitting, standing, walking
or running, etc.) in the roadway.
Enter Pedestrian Approaching Roadway for situations where a pedestrian was within the
trafficway and moving toward the roadway or attempting to enter the roadway, but was not on
the roadway.
Enter Pedestrian SS Unknown Location when it was determined the presence or action of a
pedestrian was the critical factor which lead to this vehicle’s collision, but the location or action
of the pedestrian was not known.
Enter Pedalcyclist or Other Non-motorist Approaching Roadway for situations where the
pedalcyclist was within the trafficway and moving toward the roadway or attempting to enter
the roadway, but was not on the roadway.
Object or Animal
These attributes identify situations where the critical factor leading to the collision for this
vehicle involved an object or animal.
Use the But for Test: - But for an object or animal in the environment the Critical Precrash
Event would not have occurred.
Enter Animal in Roadway when an animal was present (i.e., stationary or moving) in the
roadway.
Enter Animal Approaching Roadway for situations where an animal was within the
trafficway and moving toward the roadway or attempting to enter the roadway, but not on the
roadway.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 312
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
Enter Animal - Unknown Location when it was determined the presence or action of an
animal was the critical factor which led to this vehicle’s collision, but the action of the animal
was not known.
Enter Object in Roadway when an object was present in the roadway. An object is defined
as being either fixed or nonfixed.
Enter Object Approaching Roadway for situations where an object was within the trafficway
and moving toward the roadway, but not on the roadway.
Enter Object SS Unknown Location when it was determined the presence or movement of
an object was the critical factor which led to this vehicle’s collision, but details surrounding the
location of the object were not known.
Other
Enter Other Critical Event when a critical factor not previously listed resulted in the collision
for this vehicle. Previous impacts in the crash are not considered as other critical precrash
events.
Use this code if the events involved do not include and impact, e.g., fire, injured in or fell from
vehicle, etc.
Unknown
Enter Unknown Critical Event when the critical event which resulted in the collision is not
known.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 313
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
2) Both vehicles traveling at Movement Prior to Critical Event Movement Prior to Critical Event
same speed. Lead vehicle
decelerates and trailing (Going Straight) (Going straight)
vehicle continues at initial
speed. Trailing vehicle Critical Event Critical Event
eventually applies brakes
before striking the lead vehicle (Other Motor Vehicle in Lane - Other (This Vehicle Traveling - This
vehicle same direction while vehicle decelerating-18)
decelerating-52)
3) Both vehicles traveling at Movement Prior to Critical Event Movement Prior to Critical Event
same speed. Lead vehicle
stops and is immediately (Going Straight) (Going straight)
struck by trailing vehicle.
Critical Event Critical Event
(Other Motor Vehicle in Lane - Other (Other vehicle same direction with
vehicle same direction while higher speed-53)
decelerating-52)
4) Lead vehicle is stopped on Movement Prior to Critical Event Movement Prior to Critical Event
roadway and is struck by a
trailing vehicle. (Going Straight) (Stopped in traffic-05)
5) Lead and trailing vehicle Movement Prior to Critical Event Movement Prior to Critical Event
stopped on roadway. Lead
vehicle backs into trailing (Stopped in traffic lane-05) (Stopped in traffic lane-05)
vehicle.
Critical Event Critical Event
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 314
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
6) Two vehicles Movement Prior to Critical Movement Prior to Critical Movement Prior to Critical
stopped in traffic, Event Event Event
struck by
decelerating (Decelerating-02) (Stopped in traffic-05) (Stopped in traffic-05)
trailing vehicle.
Critical Event Critical Event Critical Event
(Other Motor Vehicle in Lane - (Other Motor Vehicle in Lane - (Other Motor Vehicle in Lane -
Other vehicle stopped in lane- Other vehicle same direction Other vehicle same direction
50) while decelerating-52) with higher speed-53}
7) Lead vehicle Movement Prior to Critical Movement Prior to Critical Movement Prior to Critical
stopped in traffic, Event Event Event
middle vehicle
decelerating, (Going Straight) (Decelerating-02) (Stopped in traffic-05)
trailing vehicle
strikes middle Critical Event Critical Event Critical Event
vehicle which
strikes lead (Other Motor Vehicle in Lane - (Other Motor Vehicle in Lane - (Other Motor Vehicle in Lane -
vehicle. Other vehicle same direction Other vehicle same direction Other vehicle same direction
while decelerating-52) with higher speed-53} with higher speed-53}
8) Lead vehicle Movement Prior to Critical Movement Prior to Critical Movement Prior to Critical
suddenly stops Event Event Event
behind a line of
traffic, middle (Going Straight) (Going Straight) (Going Straight)
vehicle
decelerates, Critical Event Critical Event Critical Event
trailing vehicle
strikes middle (Other Motor Vehicle in Lane - (This Vehicle Traveling - This (This Vehicle Traveling - This
vehicle which Other vehicle same direction vehicle decelerating-18) vehicle decelerating-18)
strikes lead while decelerating-52)
vehicle.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VA191 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) CRITICAL EVENT (V26) must
equals 02-04, 6 or 8-10 for all equal 98.
events involving this vehicle
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 315
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
VV227 CRITICAL EVENT (V26) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
53 equal 1.
VV228 CRITICAL EVENT (V26) equals VEHICLE ROLE (V22) must not
51 or 52 equal 2.
WARNINGS
IF THEN
AV184 NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES CRITICAL EVENT (V26) should
(A03) equals 01 and RELATION equal 1-6, 8, 9, 12, 13 or 14.
TO ROADWAY (A10) equals 2, 4,
6, 7 or 8 and CORRECTIVE
ACTION ATTEMPTED (V27)
equals 00 or 1
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 316
Vehicles PreCrash/Critical Event
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Critical Event - Precrash 2 - Event (V26) C 317
Vehicles PreCrash/Corrective Actions
Element Values:
Remarks:
Corrective actions attempted are movements/actions taken by the driver, within a critical crash
envelope, in response to a Critical Event. Corrective actions attempted occur after the driver
has realization of an impending danger but before the impact. .
This variable assesses what the vehicle’s action(s) were in response to the driver’s
realization.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Corrective Action Attempted - Precrash 3 (V27) C 318
Vehicles PreCrash/Corrective Actions
Code the element which best describes the actions taken by the driver's vehicle in response
to the Critical Event, within the Critical crash envelope that occurred just prior to this vehicle's
impact. When there was a known action (e.g., braking), but you cannot determine whether
there was more than one action (e.g., braking and steering left), default to the known action
(e.g., braking).
Enter No driver present when no driver was in the vehicle when the accident occurred.
Enter No avoidance maneuver whenever the driver did not attempt any evasive (pre-impact)
maneuvers. Use this code if the narrative states the driver did not have time to avoid the
crash or never saw the other vehicle or object.
Enter Unknown if driver attempted avoidance maneuver when it can not be determined
from any section of the PAR if the driver attempted an avoidance maneuver.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV122 ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) equals CORRECTIVE ACTION
03, 08, 38, 40, 58 or 60 ATTEMPTED (V27) must not equal
00 or 1.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV184 NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES CRITICAL EVENT (V26) should
(A03) equals 01 and RELATION equal 1-6, 8, 9, 12-14 or 19.
TO ROADWAY (A10) equals 2, 4,
6, 7 or 8 and CORRECTIVE
ACTION ATTEMPTED (V27)
equals 00 or 1
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Corrective Action Attempted - Precrash 3 (V27) C 319
Vehicles PreCrash/Corrective Actions
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Corrective Action Attempted - Precrash 3 (V27) C 320
Vehicles PreCrash/Vehicle Control
Element Values:
Remarks:
The purpose of this variable is to assess the stability of the vehicle just prior to impact. Thus,
this variable focuses upon this vehicle's dynamics just prior to impact.
Enter No driver present when no driver was present in the vehicle at the time it was involved
in the accident.
Enter Tracking whenever vehicle continued along its intended path without rotation.
Stopped, slowing, turning, constant speed, and backing are examples of tracking.
Enter Skidding longitudinally – rotation less than 30 degrees whenever the vehicle rotates
less than 30 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise just prior to impact. If there is information
about vehicle rotation but degree of rotation is unknown, then use this code.
Enter Skidding laterally – clockwise rotation whenever the vehicle rotates clockwise 30
degrees or more just prior to impact.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Control - Precrash 4 (V28) C 321
Vehicles PreCrash/Vehicle Control
Code Other vehicle loss-of-control is rarely used. Consult GES Supervisor before using
this code. This code is used when the driver loses control of a vehicle prior to the critical
event.
Enter Precrash stability unknown whenever the stability of the vehicle cannot be
determined.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV170 PRECRASH VEHICLE CONTROL PRECRASH LOCATION (V29)
(V28) equals 00 must equal 00.
Warnings
IF THEN
VV135 PRECRASH LOCATION (V29) PRECRASH VEHICLE CONTROL
equals 01 (V28) should equal 01 or 02.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Control - Precrash 4 (V28) C 322
Vehicles PreCrash/Precrash Data
Element Values:
1 1 0 No driver present
2 2 1 Stayed in original travel lane
3 3 2 Stayed on roadway, but left original travel lane
4 4 3 Stayed on roadway, not known if left original travel lane
5 5 4 Departed roadway
6 6 6(5) Remained off roadway
7 7 7(6) Returned to roadway
8 8 (7) Entered roadway
n/a n/a 94 More Than 2 Vehicles Involved
9 9 99 Unknown
Remarks:
This variable reports the location of the vehicle just prior to impact.
Enter No driver present when no driver was present in the vehicle at the time it was involved
in the accident.
Enter Stayed in original travel lane whenever the vehicle remained within the boundaries of
its initial lane. The perimeter of the vehicle is to be considered when determining the vehicle's
status within its travel lane.
Enter Stayed on roadway but left original travel lane whenever the "majority" of the vehicle
departed its initial travel lane; however, the "majority" of the vehicle remained within the
boundaries of the roadway (travel lanes). The perimeter of the vehicle is to be considered
when determining the vehicle's status within the roadway.
Enter Stayed on roadway, not known if left original travel lane whenever it cannot be
ascertained whether the "majority" of the vehicle remained within its initial travel lane. To use
this code, the "majority" of the vehicle must have remained within the boundaries of the
roadway.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Precrash Location - Precrash 5 (V29) C 323
Vehicles PreCrash/Precrash Data
Enter Departed roadway whenever the "majority" of the vehicle departed the roadway just
prior to impact.
Enter Remained off roadway whenever the pre-impact of the vehicle motion occurred
outside the boundaries of the roadway and remained outside the boundaries at impact. This
includes traveling on the shoulders, within the median, on the roadside or off the trafficway.
Enter Returned to roadway whenever the "majority" of the vehicle was initially within the
boundary of the roadway and then returned to the roadway prior to impact.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV134 PRECRASH LOCATION (V29) CORRECTIVE ACTION
equals 00 ATTEMPTED (V27) must equal 00.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV186 RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10) PRECRASH LOCATIONS (V29
equals 4, 5, 6 or 8 and should equal 04.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ATTEMPTED (V27) is not equal to
00, 01 or 99
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Precrash Location - Precrash 5 (V29) C 324
Vehicles PreCrash/Precrash Data
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Precrash Location - Precrash 5 (V29) C 325
Vehicles Crash/Vehicle Crash Data
Element Values:
1 26850 00 No Rollover
2 26851 10 Untripped Rollover
3 26852 20 Tripped Rollover - By Curb
4 26853 21 Tripped Rollover - By Guardrail
5 26854 22 Tripped Rollover - By Ditch
6 26855 23 Tripped Rollover - By Soft Soil
7 26856 28 Tripped Rollover - Other
8 26857 29 Tripped Rollover - Unknown Mechanism
9 26858 99 Rollover, Unknown Whether Untripped Or Tripped
Remarks:
Enter No Rollover if uncertainty exists concerning whether or not this vehicle rolled over. In
addition, use this code if a trailer attached to the vehicle rolled over but the vehicle itself did
not. Further, this element includes vehicles whose Body Type (V5) is Motored Cycle
independent of their accident configuration. When these vehicles rotate sufficiently to contact
the ground it is considered an "overturn" rather than a rollover.
Enter Untripped Rollover when a rollover occurs but it is not the result of a collision but
rather vehicle instability (e.g.. centrifugal force).
Rollovers primarily about the lateral axis (end-over-end) should be coded using Tripped
Rollover - Other. The tripped rollover categories are used when the rollover is primarily about
the longitudinal axis.
Enter Tripped Rollover - By Ditch when there is contact with a ditch prior to the rollover or
the PAR states that a vehicle entered a ditch prior to the rollover. Also, use this code
whenever "ditch" is referenced in relation to the rollover and no further information is
available.
Enter Tripped Rollover - Other when the rollover is a tripped rollover and the tripping
mechanism is not curb, guardrail, ditch or soft soil.
Enter Tripped Rollover - Unknown Mechanism when the rollover is initiated by a tripping
mechanism but the specific mechanism is unknown.
Enter Rollover, Unknown Whether Tripped or Untripped when it is known that the vehicle
rolled over but it is not known whether it was a tripped or untripped rollover.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AV149 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) must
equals 01 and BODY TYPE (V05) equal 10, 20-23, 28, 29 or 99.
not equal to 80-89
VV111 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-89 ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) must
equal 00.
VV116 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) must not
equals 01 and BODY TYPE (V05) equal 00.
does not equal 80-89
VV226 ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) equals ACCIDENT TYPE (V23) must not
10 equal 98.
Warnings
IF THEN
AV214 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) ROLLOVER TYPE (V30) should
equals 38 equal 00 or 22.
Long Name: What is the carrier’s identification number for this vehicle?
Element Values:
Remarks:
In 1987 the nation's Governors adopted a comprehensive motor carrier safety policy which
stated that a necessary first step toward improved motor carrier safety would be the uniform
collection of information on truck and bus accidents. The NGA surveyed fifty states to
assemble the latest police accident reports, and conducted case study field visits to four
states to get a better understanding of data collection and reporting. After reviewing state
truck and bus accident data collection efforts, the NGA drafted a set of uniform data elements.
These data elements were pilot tested in several states and finalized.
The final recommended data elements can be divided into two groups. The first group
contains elements which pertain specifically to accidents involving trucks and buses. These
elements provide essential information required to analyze motor carrier crashes, only.
The next six variables include that portion of the NGA data elements which pertain specifically
to accidents involving trucks and busses.
The NGA variables are only applicable when the vehicle body type is a medium/heavy truck or
bus.
The Carrier’s ID is the unique number assigned to the Carrier by the United States
Department of Commerce Commission or the State.
The number will be found only on vehicles of interstate for-hire or private carriers in the
transportation business. The number can be either a US DOT number (on interstate private
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Carrier’s Identification Number (V31) C 328
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
carriers) or an ICC MC number (interstate for-hire carriers). If both US DOT and ICC MC
numbers are listed on the PAR, code the US DOT number.
Code Not Applicable is used when the vehicle is not a medium/heavy truck or a bus. This
code should also be used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus but the vehicle
is not an interstate for-hire or private carrier.
Code Unknown is used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus but the Carrier ID
is not known. Also, this code is used when the body type of the vehicle is unknown.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV110 BODY TYPE (V05) is not equal to CARRIER'S IDENTIFICATION
50-64, 66-79 or 99 NUMBER (V31) must equal
000000.
Warnings
IF THEN
VV109 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 50-64 CARRIER'S IDENTIFICATION
or 66-79 NUMBER (V31) should not equal
000000.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Carrier’s Identification Number (V31) C 329
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Long Name: How many axles, including power unit and trailer(s), does this vehicle
have?
Element Values:
00 00 00 Not Applicable
02-20 02-20 Actual Number Of Axles
* 99 99 Unknown Number Of Axles
Remarks:
Refer to Truck and/or Bus supplement or Truck/Bus section on the PAR to obtain axle data.
Not Applicable will be pre-coded if this vehicle is not a medium/heavy truck or bus.
Enter Unknown Number of Axles when this vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or bus and
there is no truck or bus supplement or the data was not recorded in the Truck/Bus section of
the PAR.
Alabama
Colorado
Florida
Illinois
Indiana
Massachusetts
Michigan
Nebraska
New Mexico
New York
Pennsylvania
Tennessee
Texas
Wisconsin
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Number of Axles on Vehicle, Including Trailers (V32) C 330
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV115 VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) equals NUMBER OF AXLES ON
5 or 6 and BODY TYPE (V05) VEHICLE, INCL TRAILERS (V32)
equals 50, 59-64 or 66-79 must not equal 00.
Warnings
IF THEN
VV244 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 66 or NUMBER OF AXLES ON
78 and VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) VEHICLE, INCL TRAILERS (V32)
equals 1 should equal 02, 03 or 99.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Number of Axles on Vehicle, Including Trailers (V32) C 331
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Long Name: What is the cargo body type for this vehicle?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Code Not Applicable (NA) will be precoded when the body type is not a medium/heavy truck.
Code Bus will be precoded when the vehicle data identifies the vehicle as a bus.
Enter Van/Enclosed Box when the cargo body is fully enclosed or designed with high closed
sides and ends with an open top.
Enter Cargo Tank when the cargo body is designed for the transport of bulk liquids or dry
commodities such as petroleum, oil or grain.
Enter Flatbed when the cargo body has a floor without sides or a roof with or without
removable stakes.
Enter Dump when the cargo body is a low side open box designed primarily to transport bulk
dry commodities which can be tilted or otherwise manipulated to discharge its load by gravity.
Enter Concrete Mixer when the cargo body is designed and equipped to mix or agitate
concrete.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Cargo Body Type (V33) C 332
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Enter Auto Transporter when the cargo body is designed for the transportation of other
transport vehicles.
Enter Garbage/Refuse when the cargo body is designed to primarily for the collection of
garbage and refuse.
Enter Other when the cargo body type is known but is one other than those described. Also,
use this code when the medium/heavy truck is a bobtail (i.e. Chassis/truck, tractor only with
no trailer attached).
Enter Unknown when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck but the specific cargo body type is
not known.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV141 NUMBER OF AXLES ON CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
VEHICLE, INCL TRAILERS (V32) equal 00.
equals 00
VV145 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) BODY TYPE (V05) must equal 50,
equals 01 58 or 59.
VV163 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 99 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
equal 99.
VV164 BODY TYPE (V05) is not equal to CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
50-64, 66-79 or 99 equal 00.
VV174 VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) equals CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
1 and BODY TYPE (V05) equals equal 98.
66
VV220 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 50, CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
59-64, 66-79 or 99 not equal 00.
VV221 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 60, 64 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
or 66-79 and SPECIAL USE (V08) equal 98.
equals 07
VV248 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 50 or CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
59 equal 01.
VV249 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 58 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) must
equal 01 or 98.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Cargo Body Type (V33) C 333
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Warnings
IF THEN
VV185 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) VEHICLE TRAILING (V13) should
equals 98 and BODY TYPE (V05) equal 1.
equals 66
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Cargo Body Type (V33) C 334
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Long Name: Was this vehicle carrying hazardous materials and was it placarded?
Element Values:
3 3 0 Not Applicable
1 1 1 Yes
2 2 2 No
4 4 9 Unknown
Remarks:
Enter Not Applicable when the vehicle is not a medium/heavy truck or a bus. Also, use this
code when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus, the PAR has a Hazardous Materials
related block, and 'None' is indicated or the PAR indicates that hazardous materials are not
being transported by this vehicle (e.g. an empty truck).
Enter Yes when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus, and the PAR indicates that
hazardous materials were being transported by this vehicle, and this vehicle is displaying a
HazMat Placard.
Enter No when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus, and the PAR indicates that
hazardous materials are being transported by this vehicle, and this vehicle is not displaying a
HazMat Placard.
Enter Unknown when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus, and the PAR does not
have a hazardous materials related block, and the narrative does not mention any such
materials (default) OR the PAR indicates hazardous materials are being transported by this
vehicle, but does not indicate whether a HazMat Placard is displayed or the hazardous
materials related block has been left blank.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hazardous Materials Placarded (V34) C 335
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV143 CARGO BODY TYPE (V33) HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
equals 00 PLACARDED (V34) must equal 0.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hazardous Materials Placarded (V34) C 336
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Element Values:
0004, 0222, 0223, 0331, 0402, 1001-1003, 1005, 1006, 1008-1018, 1020-1023, 1026-1030,
1032, 1033, 1035-1041, 1043-1046, 1048-1053, 1055-1058, 1060-1067, 1069-1073, 1075-
1083, 1085-1093, 1098-1100, 1104-1115, 1118, 1120, 1123, 1125-1131, 1133-1137, 1139,
1142-1150, 1152-1173, 1173-1185, 1175-1185, 1188-1199, 1201, 1202-1204, 1206-1208,
1210, 1212-1214, 1216, 1218-1224, 1226, 1228-1235, 1237-1239, 1242-1251, 1255-1257,
1259, 1261-1268, 1270-1272, 1274-1282, 1286-1289, 1292-1310, 1312-1314, 1318, 1320-
1328, 1330-1334, 1336-1341, 1343-1350, 1352-1358, 1360-1366, 1369, 1370, 1372-1374,
1376, 1378-1386, 1389-1398, 1400-1415, 1417-1423, 1426-1428, 1431-1433, 1435-1439,
1442, 1444-1459, 1461-1463, 1465-1467, 1469-1477, 1479, 1481-1496, 1498-1500, 1502-
1517, 1541, 1544-1551, 1553-1562, 1564, 1567, 1569-1575, 1577-1608, 1610-1614, 1616-
1618, 1620-1631, 1633, 1634, 1636-1665, 1669-1674, 1677-1680, 1683-1695, 1697-1705,
1707-1719, 1722-1733, 1736-1771, 1773-1784, 1786-1794, 1796, 1798-1819, 1821, 1823-
1841, 1843, 1845-1849, 1851, 1854, 1855, 1858-1860, 1862-1873, 1884-1889, 1891, 1892,
1894, 1895, 1897, 1898, 1902, 1903, 1903, 1905-1908, 1910-1923, 1928, 1929, 1931, 1932,
1935, 1938-1942, 1944, 1945, 1950-1984,1986-1994, 1999-2006, 2008-2038, 2044-2059,
2067-2085, 2087-2108, 2110-2116, 2118-2126, 2128-2219, 2222, 2224-2229, 2232-2267,
2269-2291, 2293-2313, 2315-2348, 2350-2354, 2356-2364, 2366-2414, 2416-2422, 2424,
2426-2449, 2451-2475, 2477, 2478, 2480-2491, 2493, 2495-2498, 2501-2509, 2511-2518,
2520-2522, 2524-2531, 2533-2536, 2538, 2541, 2542, 2545-2548, 2550-2558, 2560-2562,
2564, 2565, 2567, 2570-2574, 2576-2612, 2614-2624, 2626-2630, 2642, 2643, 2644-2651,
2653, 2655-2662, 2664, 2666-2674, 2676-2693, 2698, 2699, 2707-2711, 2713-2717, 2719-
2730, 2732-2735, 2738-2790, 2793-2803, 2805-2807, 2809-2815, 2817-2823, 2826, 2829-
2831, 2834, 2835, 2837-2842, 2844-2846, 2849-2865, 2869-2876, 2878-2881, 2883-2907,
2909-2913, 2918, 2920-2931, 2933-2938, 2940-2943, 2945-2956, 2965-3028, 3030-3043,
3048-3057, 3064-3066, 3070-3073, 3076, 3077-3080, 3082-3172, 3174-3176, 3178-3192,
3194, 3200, 3203, 3205-3301, 9011, 9018, 9026,
9035, 9037, 9069, 9083, 9084, 9088, 9136, 9180, 9183, 9187-9195, 9199, 9200, 9202, 9206,
9259, 9260, 9263, 9264, 9269, 9274-9278
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hazardous Materials Placard Number (V35) C 337
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Remarks:
Code Not Applicable is used when the vehicle is not a medium/heavy truck or a bus. Also,
this code is used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus, the PAR has a
Hazardous Materials related block, and ‘None’ is indicated or the PAR indicates that
Hazardous Materials are not being transported by this vehicle (e.g., an empty truck).
Code the actual number when given on the PAR. This vehicle must be a medium/heavy truck
or a bus.
Code Unknown is used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus, the PAR does
not have a Hazardous Material related block, and the narrative does not mention any such
materials (default).
This code is used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus and a placard is
indicated but the placard number is not given OR it is unknown if a placard is present OR the
Hazardous Materials related block has been left blank.
Also, this code is used when the body type of the vehicle is unknown.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV146 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
PLACARDED (V34) equals 0 or 2 PLACARD NUMBER (V35) must
equal 0000.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hazardous Materials Placard Number (V35) C 338
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Warnings
IF THEN
VV148 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
PLACARD NUMBER (V35) equals RELEASE (V36) should equal 0.
0000
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hazardous Materials Placard Number (V35) C 339
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Long Name: Was an hazardous cargo released from the vehicle cargo tank or
compartment?
Element Values:
3 3 0 Not Applicable
1 1 1 Yes
2 2 2 No
4 4 9 Unknown
Remarks:
This variable indicates whether or not any hazardous cargo was released from the vehicle
cargo tank or compartment.
Code Not Applicable is used when the vehicle is not a medium/heavy truck or a bus. Also,
this code is used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or bus, the PAR has a hazardous
materials related block, and ‘None’ is indicated OR the PAR indicates that hazardous
materials were not being transported by this vehicle.
Code Yes is used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus, the PAR indicates that
hazardous materials were being transported by this vehicle, and a release (spill) from the
vehicle is indicated.
NOTE: Spilled gasoline from a fuel tank is not considered a hazardous materials release.
Code No is used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus and the PAR indicates a
cargo of hazardous materials but does not indicate a release or spill.
Code Unknown is used when the vehicle is a medium/heavy truck or a bus, the PAR does
not have a hazardous materials related block, and the narrative does not mention any such
materials (default).
This code is used when the PAR indicates that a release or spill occurred but it is unknown if
the material was hazardous.
Also, use this code when the body type of the vehicle is unknown.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hazardous Materials Release (V36) C 340
Vehicles NGA Data/NGA Crash Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV149 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
PLACARD NUMBER (V35) is not RELEASE (V36) must not equal 0.
equal to 0000
Warnings
IF THEN
VV148 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
PLACARD NUMBER (V35) equals RELEASE (V36) should equal 0.
0000
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Hazardous Materials Release (V36) C 341
Vehicles General/Travel Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
Count and enter the total number of occupants (injured and uninjured) associated with this
vehicle.
Enter Unknown when the PAR does not indicate the total number of occupants for the
vehicle.
Enter Unknown if this is a “hit-and-run” vehicle, unless evidence clearly establishes the
number of occupants present.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VP207 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-91 EJECTION (P06) must equal 0.
and NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS
(V10) is greater than 00
VV013 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 06, 11, NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (V10)
14 or 15 must not be greater than 22.
Warnings
IF THEN
VV032 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 01-05, NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (V10)
07-09 or 97 should not be greater than 8.
Post Entry
IF THEN
VP045 at least one NUMBER OF PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
OCCUPANTS (V10) equals 00 TYPE (A24) should equal 0210 or
and at least one PERSON TYPE 0320.
(P03) equals 5
Element Values:
Remarks:
However, additional data will be coded for injured bus occupants only.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Number of Occupants Coded (V10A) C 345
Vehicles General/Travel Data
Long Name: Was a Driver Present in the vehicle at the Time of the Crash?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Unattended Vehicle (No Driver Involved) indicates no driver was physically in the in-
transport vehicle at the time that it was involved in the crash. A child sitting in the driver’s seat
does not automatically indicate that the child was operating the vehicle (see discussion under
Driver Operated Vehicle, below).
Driver Operated Vehicle applies when the PAR indicates there is a driver. Do not
automatically code Driver Operated Vehicle when a child is sitting in the driver’s seat. The
PAR must indicate that the child was controlling the vehicle in some manner to consider the
child a driver.
Hit and Run (Vehicle and/or Driver Left Scene) This element is deleted in 1999. See
variable Hit and Run (V02). Prior to 1999, it applies when this motor vehicle was a “hit-and-
run” vehicle. [i.e., Hit & Run (V02), is encoded (Yes, Driver Or Car & Driver Left Scene)].
Pre-1999 default rule: If it is known that the driver operated the vehicle but the PAR is unclear
or inadequate regarding the issue of hit-and-run, then default to Driver Operated Vehicle.
Unknown Driver Presence is coded when it is unknown if there was a driver present in the
vehicle. This element includes instances when a person was present in the in-transport
vehicle, but it is unknown if the person was the driver.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP062 A previous occupant has been This occupant cannot be coded as
identified as the driver. the driver.
Warnings
IF THEN
VV190 DRIVER PRESENCE (D01) VEHICLE ROLE (V22) should not
equals 0 equal 0 or 9.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AD026 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT at least one DRIVER PRESENCE
TYPE (A24) equals 0210 (D01) must equal 0.
DP004 DRIVER PRESENCE (D01) there must be one and only one
equals 1 Person Level form for that vehicle
with PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to
1.
Element Values:
Remarks:
The in-transport motor vehicles within a crash are numbered sequentially by the computer
beginning with 1; no numbers are skipped. Numbers are assigned in accordance with the
PAR's assignment unless a number is skipped.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Number - Occupants (P01) C 349
Persons Details/General Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
Occupants of each in-transport motor vehicle are numbered sequentially by the computer,
beginning with "1"; no numbers are skipped. Numbers are assigned in accordance with the
PAR's assignment unless a number is skipped. In most cases the numbering will follow the
seat position, starting with the left front and moving left to right and front to back.
Persons appended to vehicle for motion (e.g., bicyclist holding onto vehicle) are non-
motorists; they are not occupants.
Drivers do not have to be coded "1" (e.g., right hand drive vehicles containing left front
occupant). However, code the assumed driver of a hit-and-run vehicle as "1." Assume only
one occupant is in a hit-and-run vehicle (unless reliable evidence to the contrary exists), and
assume this person is the driver.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Number - Occupants (P02) C 350
Persons Details/General Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
Hit-and-run vehicles are assumed to have only one occupant (unless reliable evidence to the
contrary exists), and that person is assumed to be the driver. All other persons riding in or on
the vehicle are considered to be passengers.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AP021 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT PERSON TYPE (P03) must not
TYPE (A24) equals 0000 equal 5, 6 or 8.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Occupants (P03) C 351
Persons Details/General Data
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Occupants (P03) C 352
Persons Details/General Data
PV011 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 1 BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
and AGE (P07) is less than 08 01-07, 09-60, 64-66, 78-79 or 93.
Warnings
IF THEN
AP024 SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21) PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
equals 1 and PERSON TYPE TYPE (A24) should equal 0120.
(P03) equals 5
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Occupants (P03) C 353
Persons Details/General Data
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP005 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person must have
equals 21 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to 5.
AP006 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person must have
equals 22 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to 6 or
8.
AP008 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 6 equal to 1-2 or 9 must have
INJURY SEVERITY (P09) equal to
1-5.
AP128 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person mus have
equals 27 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal 4 or 8.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Occupants (P03) C 354
Persons Details/General Data
DP004 DRIVER PRESENCE (D01) there must be one and only one
equals 1 Person Level form for that vehicle
with PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to
1.
PP062 A previous occupant has been identified as the driver. Only one
occupant can be coded (P03 = 1) as the driver.
VP010 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 21 must be equal 5.
VP011 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 22 must be equal to 6.
VP012 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 27 must equal 4 or 8.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Occupants (P03) C 355
Persons Details/General Data
VP224 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-90 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15)
and there is at least one PERSON must equal 0, 5 or 9.
TYPE (P03) equal to 1 or 2
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Occupants (P03) C 356
Persons Details/General Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
Seat position is coded by the location of the occupant in relation to the seat row and the
forward longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
More than one person may be assigned the same seating position; however, this is allowed
only when a person is sitting on someone’s lap (e.g., child on or in mother’s lap).
If the PAR does not specifically state that one person was on the lap of another, then see the
discussion below under elements Front Seat, Other; Second Seat, Other; and Third Seat,
Other.
In seat rows designated for only two passengers, enter elements Front Seat, Left Side;
Front Seat, Right Side; Second Seat, Left Side; Second Seat, Right Side; Third Seat,
Left Side; Third Seat, Right Side; or Other Passenger in Passenger or Cargo Area.
Enter Front Seat, Left Side if there is an assumed driver of a hit-and-run vehicle unless
evidence indicates a different position for the person or persons.
Front Seat, Other; Second Seat, Other; and Third Seat, Other are used to record the
position of someone sitting on the floor or lying across the seat. In addition, enter these
elements when two or more persons are sitting abreast of one another in the same seating
location (as opposed to on or in someone’s lap), since only one occupant can be assigned the
seat’s position. If the PAR provides enough specific information, then assign the seat position
to the person using the restraint; if no restraint was used, then assign the seat position to the
older person.
Enter Front Seat, Other if the only seat in the front seating area is a driver’s seat (e.g.,
bucket, pedestal, etc.), and the occupant was in the area but not in the seat. This situation
could occur because of vehicle design or seat removal. The same logic applies to other seat
areas. Enter Other Passenger In Passenger Or Cargo Area when a person is in the fourth
or higher seat row but not in a seat.
Enter Sleeper Section of Cab (Truck) if the occupant’s vehicle is a medium or heavy truck
and has a cab sleeper, and this occupant is in the sleeper section at the time of the crash.
Enter Other Passenger in Passenger or Cargo Area when an occupant is in the fourth or
higher numbered seat area, in an enclosed area where no defined seating exists or using a
fold-down type seat in its folded down position. Use, also, for bus passengers (not driver).
If seating in the vehicle is longitudinal rather than lateral, use the basic idea of a vehicle
interior being divided laterally into roughly equal thirds and visualize lateral rows of seats to
determine what seat position is the best descriptor.
For rearward facing seats use the basic idea described above in the previous paragraph to
describe the occupant’s seat position.
If a seat row has more than three designated seat positions, the occupants should have their
positions assigned as usual for the left and right positions, while the two center positions
would be encoded as Other (i.e., Front Seat, Other; Second Seat, Other; Third Seat, Other
or Other Passenger in Passenger or Cargo Area) depending upon the seat row.
Persons appended to the vehicle for motion are not considered to be occupants of the
vehicle.
For motorcycles, code the driver Front Seat, Left; sidecar passenger Front Seat, Right;
passenger behind the driver Second Seat, Left and passenger on the lap of the driver (in
front of ) Front Seat, Left.
Enter Trailing Unit when an occupant is in or on a trailing unit {i.e., Vehicle Trailing (V13), for
this occupant’s vehicle must be coded >= “1", one or more trailing units )}.
Enter Riding on Vehicle Exterior of Vehicle when an occupant is riding on a fender, the
boot of a convertible, the open cargo box of a light truck, etc.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP002 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 1 SEATING POSITION (P04) must
not equal 21-53.
PP077 For Occupants, the value "00" must not be coded for SEATING
POSITION (P04).
Warnings
IF THEN
PP009 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 2 or SEATING POSITION (P04) should
9 not equal 11.
P06 EJECTION
Long Name: Was the occupant totally or partially thrown from the vehicle as a result of
the crash?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Ejection refers to occupants being totally or partially thrown from the vehicle as a result of an
impact or rollover.
Partial ejection refers to those instances where some part but not all of an occupant's body is,
at some time during the crash sequence, outside the occupant compartment. Although it
would not seem to be a problem it can be fatal if the part outside is the occupant's head.
Because of the dynamics of the vehicle and the kinematics of the occupants during an
ejection sequence, it is often the occupant's own vehicle which causes the injury as it rolls
onto the occupant.
Enter Not Ejected if the PAR specifically so states for a given occupant. For other occupants
of non hit-and-run vehicles about whom the PAR is silent, enter Unknown. Enter Not
Ejected for occupants of a hit-and-run vehicle, unless the PAR specifically indicates that
ejection occurred. Also, enter Not Ejected for any person riding on the exterior of a vehicle
such as the fenders (this does not include pickup beds, boot of a convertible, and persons
riding on open tailgates.)
Enter Totally Ejected when the occupant's body is entirely outside the vehicle but may be in
contact with the vehicle. Includes ejected - unknown degree (5/3/99 - temporary rule)
Enter Partially Ejected when part of the occupant's body remains in the vehicle. This does
not apply to occupants who are not initially in the seating compartment of the vehicle (e.g.,
pickup beds, boot of a convertible, and persons riding on open tailgates, since any ejection for
them is coded as Totally Ejected.
Enter Ejected - Unknown Degree when the PAR indicates that an occupant is ejected but
fails to discriminate between total and partial ejection.
Enter Unknown when the PAR specifically indicates unknown or when the person was injured
and there is no information on ejection.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PV103 EJECTION (P06) equals 1or 2 this person's vehicle's MOST
HARMFUL EVENT (V20) must not
equal 06.
PV125 EJECTION (P06) equals 1or 2 BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
80-89, 90 or 91.
VP207 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-91 EJECTION (P06) must equal 0.
and NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS
(V10) is greater than 00
VP208 HIT AND RUN (V02) equals 1 and EJECTION (P06) must equal 0.
MANNER OF LEAVING SCENE
(V19) equals 1
Warnings
IF THEN
PP037 EJECTION (P06) equals 1or 2 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15)
should equal 0, 7 or 9.
Long Name: What is the air bag availability/function in the seat position of this
occupant?
Element Values:
Remarks:
This variable seeks to capture whether the vehicle was equipped with an air bag (in the seat
position of this occupant) and, if so; did it deploy.
Enter Deployed when the PAR indicates that an air bag deployed for the seat position
occupied by this person.
Enter Non-Deployed when the PAR indicates that an air bag existed at this occupants seat
position but it did not deploy.
Enter Unknown If Available Or Deployed when it is not known whether an air bag is
available in the seat position of this occupant or an air bag was available but it is not known
whether it deployed.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP074 SEATING POSITION (P04) AIR BAG AVAILABILITY/
equals 12 or 21-53 FUNCTION (P21) must equal 0.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Air Bag Availability/Function (P21) C 363
Persons Safety Systems/Air Bags
Warnings
IF THEN
PV171 AIR BAG VEHICLE MAKE (V03) should
AVAILABILITY/FUNCTION (P21) equal 06, 07, 09, 12, 14, 20, 21,
equals 1 or 2 and BODY TYPE 22, 35, 41 or 49.
(V05) equals 20
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Air Bag Availability/Function (P21) C 364
Persons Details/General Data
Element Values:
97, ... 97, ... (97,...) Actual Age of Person 97 Years Old or Older
* -9999 99 Unknown
Remarks:
The person’s age at the time of the crash is recorded with respect to the person’s last
birthday.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PV011 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 1 BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
and AGE (P07) is less than 08 01-07, 09-60, 64-66, 78-79 or 93.
Warnings
IF THEN
PP013 UNLIKELY: AGE (P07) is greater than 92 and not equal to 99.
PP036 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15) AGE (P07) should equal 00-04 or
equals 6 99.
Element Values:
Remarks:
Self-explanatory
Long Name: What is the police reported injury severity for this occupant?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter the police reported injury severity for this person (i.e., occupant, pedestrian or non-
motorist). Most jurisdictions use the KABCO injury coding scheme.
K = Killed
A = Incapacitating Injury
B = Nonincapacitating Injury
C = Possible Injury
O = No Injury
If the police report contains a detailed description of the injuries but does not translate the
injuries into the KABCO codes, use the police method for doing so. For example, injuries
which are considered to be of an incapacitating nature are classified as "A" ,
Nonincapacitating-evident injuries are classified as "B", and possible injuries are "C". Property
damage only (i.e., no injury) is classified as "O".
Enter Injured, Severity Unknown if the police report indicates a "U" or in any other way
communicates the idea that the person was injured but the severity is unknown.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 367
Persons Details/General Data
As a general rule, if the PAR is "blank" where the injury severity is assessed and the person
was at the scene during the police investigation, enter No Injury (O). If the PAR is "blank"
and the person was not present during the police investigation, enter Unknown.
The following states use the KABCO injury coding scheme: Illinois (incl. Chicago), Michigan,
New Mexico, North Carolina, Texas (incl. Dallas), Wisconsin, and the city of Los Angeles.
Not all states use the KABCO scheme. Listed below, by state, are alternative schemes; a
mapping to the GES scheme is provided.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 368
Persons Details/General Data
4 = Incapacitating A-3
3 = Non-Incapacitating B-2
2 = Possible C-1
1 = None O-0
= No set unknown code -9
6 = Non-traffic fatality -9
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 369
Persons Details/General Data
Indiana
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 370
Persons Details/General Data
2 = Incapacitating A-3
3 = Non-Incapacitating B-2
4 = Possible Injury C-1
5 = None Detected O-0
Maryland
05 = Fatal K-4
04 = Disabled (Incapacitated) A-3
03 = Injured - not Incapacitated B-2
02 = Possible injury C-1
01 = Not Injured (& present) O-0
01 = Not Known (if left scene) -9
Blank = No documentation of driver or
occupants on front of PAR
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 371
Persons Details/General Data
Massachusetts
1 = Killed K-4
2 = Serious Visible Injury A-3
3 = Minor Visible Injury B-2
4 = No visible injury but complaints of C-1
pain
Blank = No documentation of driver or O-0
occupants on front of PAR
= No set unknown code -9
Missouri
1 = Fatal K-4
2 = Disabling A-3
3 = Evident-Not Disabling B-2
4 = Probable-Not Apparent C-1
5 = None Apparent O-0
6 = Unknown U-9
Nebraska
1 = Killed K-4
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 372
Persons Details/General Data
New Jersey
Location of Injury Type of Injury Victim’s Condition
Any Entry Any Entry Killed K-4
Any Entry Any Entry Incapacitated A-3
Any Entry amputation, Moderate injury A-3
concussion, internal, complaint of pain
fracture/dislocation
Eye burn, bleeding, Moderate injury A-3
complaint of pain complaint of pain
Any Entry bleeding, contusion Moderate Injury B-2
bruise, abrasion
Any Entry (EXCEPT complaint of pain complaint of pain C-1
Eye)
- - - 0-0
U U U U
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 373
Persons Details/General Data
New York
Location of Injury Type of Injury Victim’s Condition
Any Entry Any Entry Apparent Death K-4
Any Entry Any Entry Unconscious, Semi- A-3
Conscious,
Incoherent
Any Entry amputation, Shock, Normal A-3
concussion, internal,
severe burn,
moderate burn,
fracture/dislocation
Eye minor bleeding, Shock, Normal A-3
minor burn,
complaint of pain
All but eye minor bleeding Shock, Normal B-2
minor burn
Any Entry contusions-bruise Shock, Normal B-2
abrasion
All but eye complaint of pain Shock, Normal C-1
0-0
X X X X
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AP098 STRATUM (A23) equals 3 at least one INJURY
SEVERITY (P09) should equal
2, 3 or 4.
AP144 STRATUM (A23) equals 4 INJURY SEVERITY (P09) should
not equal 2, 3, 4 or 5.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 374
Persons Details/General Data
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP008 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 06 equal to 1-2 or 9 must have
INJURY SEVERITY (P09) equal to
1-5.
PV188 (any) INJURY SEVERITY (P09) STRATUM (A23) should equal 02.
equals 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 and (any)
BODY TYPE (V05) equals 60-79
PV233 INJURY SEVERITY (P09) equals STRATUM (A23) should not equal
1 and at least one BODY TYPE 4.
(V23) equals 60-79
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Occupants (P09) C 375
Persons Details/General Data
Element Values:
1 1 0 No
2 2 1 Yes
3 3 9 Unknown
Remarks:
This variable addresses transportation directly from the scene to a treatment facility. The
means of transportation is not a consideration.
Enter No when the person is not transported directly from the scene to a hospital. Use this
element when the person is pronounced dead-at-the-scene and is transported to funeral
home. In addition, this element includes treatment at scene such as: first aid, self-treatment,
EMT treatment, doctor treatment, etc.--and the person is not transported or does not go to a
treatment facility (e.g., doctor, clinic, hospital, etc.) as a result of injuries sustained in this
crash.
Enter Yes when the PAR indicates that the person is transported directly from the scene to a
hospital or treatment facility (hospital, clinic, doctor's office, etc.). The person need not have
been injured. The means of transportation is not a consideration. If the person died on route to
a hospital or medical facility or was pronounced dead-on-arrival at a hospital or medical
facility, enter Yes.
Enter Unknown if it cannot be determined if the person is transported directly from the scene
to a medical facility. Use this attribute if the police report indicates the person will “seek own
medical treatment” and it cannot be determined if the person goes directly to a medical facility.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Taken To Hospital Or Treatment Facility - Occupants (P10) C 376
Persons Details/General Data
Consistency Checks:
Post Entry
IF THEN
PP011 TAKEN TO HOSPITAL OR INJURY SEVERITY (P09) should
TREATMENT FACILITY (P10) not be blank, 0 or 9
equals 1
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Taken To Hospital Or Treatment Facility - Occupants (P10) C 377
Vehicles Driver/General Driver Data
Element Values:
1. Range is a compilation of Section 6 of the 1997 National Five Digit Zip Code & Post Office
Directory
Remarks:
For the purposes of this variable, a driver is considered to reside at the address listed on the
police crash report. This address was most likely taken from the driver's license given to the
police officer and/or from the licensing state's drivers license file.
If the driver's address is present and the ZIP code is missing or not available, then determine
the correct ZIP code by using the two volume National Five Digit Zip Code & Post Office
Directory.
Code Not Resident of US Territories/Driver Not Present is used when the address found
on the PAR indicates that the driver resides at an address which has not been assigned a ZIP
code by the US Post Office. This code is also used when an in-transport vehicle is involved in
the crash but no driver was in the vehicle at the time.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Driver’s Zip Code (D08) C 378
Vehicles Driver/General Driver Data
Code Unknown is used whenever the ZIP cannot be determined. For example, use this code
when no information is provided on the PAR about the driver (e.g., hit and run). In addition,
use this code if the driver, licensed or not, has no permanent address. For example, the
driver could be living out of his/her vehicle (camper, motor home, etc.) or the driver could be
"homeless".
If a ZIP CODE is listed on the PAR but it is not a valid number use this code.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV216 NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS (V10) DRIVER'S ZIP CODE (D8) must
equals 00 equal 00000.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Driver’s Zip Code (D08) C 379
Vehicles Driver/General Driver Data
Element Values:
1 1,-1 0 No
2 2 1 Yes
3 3 9 Unknown
Remarks:
Enter No when there is no indication that this driver's speed was a factor. Also, use this value
when there is no driver involved in the crash or when the vehicle is stopped.
Enter Yes when excessive speed (this includes too fast for conditions) by this driver is noted
as a contributing factor or a speeding violation has been issued to this driver. Note: Do not
use this value if the violation or contributing factor is "too slow" or an equivalent.
Enter Unknown if the driver is a hit-and-run driver and no information is available about
speed as a contributing factor.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV250 MOVEMENT PRIOR TO SPEED RELATED (D09) must
CRITICAL EVENT (V21) equals equal 0.
00 or 04
Warnings
IF THEN
VA245 TRAVEL SPEED (V11) is greater SPEED RELATED (D09) should
than SPEED LIMIT (A18) equal 1.
Long Name: Did the police report alcohol presence or involvement for this driver?
Element Values:
Remarks:
The phrase "alcohol involved" means that the person (drivers of in-transport motor vehicles
and non-motorists only) had consumed an alcoholic beverage. Involvement is not an
indication that alcohol was in any way a cause of the crash, even though it may have been. If
the PAR indicates that opened or unopened alcoholic beverages were found in the vehicle,
then this information does not by itself constitute involvement.
Enter Alcohol Not Involved or N/A if the investigating officer's assessment is that the person
had consumed no alcohol. Also use this code for all occupants of motor vehicles in-transport
who are not drivers.
Enter Alcohol Involved if the police indicate that the person has consumed alcohol via: (1) a
specific data element on the police report form, (2) the police charge the driver with DUIL, (3)
the police mention in the narrative section of the report that the person had been drinking (or
alcohol was present or involved) or (4) the police report has a positive BAC test result (BAC
>.00).
Enter Alcohol and/or Drugs Involved only if the PAR has a block which is labeled
"Alcohol/Drugs", and it cannot be determined which was used. Alcohol and drugs should be
assessed separately in variables POLICE REPORTED ALCOHOL INVOLVEMENT
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Alcohol Involvement - Drivers (P11) C 382
Vehicles Driver/General Driver Data
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of
alcohol but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative assessment. If
no block exists on the PAR for coding this element then use this code when no other
information is available.
Enter Unknown (Police Reported) if alcohol involvement is specifically indicated on the PAR
as unknown. In general, police reports have blocks to check either positive or negative
alcohol involvement. However, if a police report has provision for the investigating officer to
respond "unknown involvement", then enter this element. In addition, enter this element for
hit-and-run drivers unless clear evidence to the contrary exists.
The phrase "alcohol involved" means that alcohol is present in the person (drivers of
in-transport motor vehicles and non-motorists only). Involvement is not an indication that
alcohol was in any way a cause of the crash, even though it may have been. If the PAR
indicates that opened or unopened alcoholic beverages were found in the vehicle, then this
information does not by itself constitute involvement.
Not Applicable is used for all occupants of motor vehicles in-transport who are not drivers.
Alcohol Not Involved applies if the investigating officer's assessment is that alcohol is not
present in the driver.
Alcohol Involved is coded if the police indicate alcohol presence in the driver via: (1) a
specific data element on the police report form, (2) the police charge the driver with DUIL, (3)
the police mention in the narrative section of the report that the person had been drinking (or
alcohol was present or involved) or (4) the police report has a positive BAC test result (BAC
>.00).
Some PARs have a block labeled “Alcohol/Drugs.” If “use” is indicated, and it cannot be
determined which was used (e.g., narrative, arrest/charged section, etc.), then assume
alcohol is present. If the police report indicates that a driver was charged with DWI (driving
while intoxicated or driving while impaired) and no clarification is offered to indicate if the DWI
was alcohol related or other drug related (i.e., a specific data element; mentioned in the
narrative section; BAC results), then assume alcohol presence.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of
alcohol but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative assessment.
Also use this code If no block exists on the PAR for reporting alcohol presence and no other
information is available.
Enter Unknown (Police Reported) if alcohol involvement is specifically indicated on the PAR
as unknown. In general, police reports have blocks to check either positive or negative
alcohol involvement. However, if a police report has provision for the investigating officer to
respond "unknown involvement", then enter this element. In addition, enter this element for
hit-and-run drivers unless clear evidence to the contrary exists.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Alcohol Involvement - Drivers (P11) C 383
Vehicles Driver/General Driver Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP047 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 2 or POLICE REPORTED ALCOHOL
3 INVOLVEMENT (P11) must equal
0.
Post Entry
IF THEN
DP095 VIOLATIONS CHARGED (D02) either POLICE REPORTED
equals 1 or 2 and PERSON TYPE ALCOHOL INVOLVEMENT (P11)
(P03) equals 1 or POLICE REPORTED DRUG
INVOLVEMENT (P17) must equal
2.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Alcohol Involvement - Drivers (P11) C 384
Vehicles Driver/General Driver Data
Long Name: Did the police report drug presence or involvement for this driver?
Element Values:
Remarks:
The phrase "drugs involved" means that the person (drivers of in-transport motor vehicles and
non-motorists only) had taken drugs. Involvement is not an indication that drugs were in any
way a cause of the crash, even though it may have been. If the PAR indicates that drugs
were found in the vehicle, then this information does not by itself constitute involvement.
Enter Drugs Not Involved or N/A if the investigating officer's assessment is that the person
had not taken drugs. Also use this code for all occupants of motor vehicles in-transport who
are not drivers.
Enter Drugs Involved if the police indicate that the person has taken drugs via: (1) a specific
data element on the police report form or (2) mention in the narrative section of the report that
the person had been using drugs.
Enter Drugs and/or Alcohol Involved only if the PAR has a block which is marked
"Alcohol/Drugs", and it cannot be determined which was used. Drugs and alcohol should be
assessed separately in variables POLICE REPORTED ALCOHOL INVOLVEMENT
(P11) and POLICE REPORTED DRUG INVOLVEMENT (P17) whenever sufficient
information is available to do so.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Drug Involvement - Drivers (P17) C 385
Vehicles Driver/General Driver Data
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of drugs
but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative assessment. If no block
exists on the PAR for coding this element then use this code when no other information is
available.
Enter Unknown (Police Reported) if drug involvement is specifically indicated on the PAR as
unknown. A police report may only have a block to check either positive or negative drug
involvement. However, if a police report has a provision for the investigating officer to
respond "unknown involvement", then enter this element. In addition, enter this element for
hit-and-run drivers unless clear evidence to the contrary exists.
The phrase "other drug involvement" includes prescription and “over-the-counter” medications
as well as “illicit” substances (e.g., in most cases, marijuana, cocaine, heroin, etc. where
usage has not been prescribed by a doctor). Also, “other drug involvement” means that an
other drug is present in the person (drivers of in-transport motor vehicles and non-motorists
only). It is not an indication that the drug usage was in any way a cause of the crash, even
though it may have been. If the PAR indicates that other drugs were found in the vehicle, then
this information does not by itself constitute involvement.
Not Applicable is used for all occupants of motor vehicles in-transport who are not drivers.
Drugs Not Involved applies if the investigating officer's assessment is that no other drugs
were present in the person.
Drugs Involved is coded if the police indicate that other drugs are present in the person via:
(1) a specific data element on the police report form or (2) the police mention in the narrative
section of the report that other drugs are present in the person.
Some PARs have a block labeled “Alcohol/Drugs.” If “use” is indicated, and it cannot be
determined which was used (e.g., narrative, arrest/charged section, etc.), then assume
alcohol is used. If the police report indicates that a driver was charged with DWI (driving while
intoxicated or driving while impaired) and no clarification is offered to indicate if the DWI was
alcohol related or other drug related (i.e., a specific data element; mentioned in the narrative
section; BAC results), then assume alcohol presence.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of other
drug presence but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative
assessment. Also use this code If no block exists on the PAR for reporting other drugs and
no other information is available.
Enter Unknown (Police Reported) if other drug presence is specifically indicated on the PAR
as unknown. A growing number of police reports have blocks to check either positive or
negative other drug presence. However, if a police report has provision for the investigating
officer to respond "unknown presence", then enter this element. In addition, enter this
element for hit-and-run drivers unless clear evidence to the contrary exists.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Drug Involvement - Drivers (P17) C 386
Vehicles Driver/General Driver Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP048 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 2 or POLICE REPORTED DRUG
3 INVOLVEMENT (P17) must equal
0.
Post Entry
IF THEN
DP095 VIOLATIONS CHARGED (D02) either POLICE REPORTED
equals 1 or 2 and PERSON TYPE ALCOHOL INVOLVEMENT (P11)
(P03) equals 1 or POLICE REPORTED DRUG
INVOLVEMENT (P17) must equal
2.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Drug Involvement - Drivers (P17) C 387
Vehicles Driver/Violations
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter None when there are no charges, the applicable section is blank or crossed out on the
PAR or charges are "pending." In addition, use this element when Driver Presence (D01) is
encoded [Unattended Vehicle (No Driver Involved)].
Explanation of SAS Element Values Which are not Included in the Oracle Data entry System:
SAS Element values "01" or "02", and "04" through "07" are prioritized in decreasing
numerical value (e.g., "01" or "02" takes precedence over "04", "04" takes precedence over
"05", etc.). SAS Element "03" (Alcohol Or Drugs And Speeding) is special in that it is a
combination of elements "01" (Alcohol Or Drugs) and "02" (Speeding). Enter "03" if the driver
is cited for alcohol/drugs and speeding and another violation.
Enter Speeding if the driver is cited for any violation which lists speed as a factor (i.e., "x"
amount over the limit, too fast for conditions, etc.)
Enter Reckless Driving if the driver is charged with reckless driving or driving to endanger. It
should be recognized that careless driving and reckless driving are not the same. If the PAR
indicates "careless driving" and does not indicate driving to endanger, reckless driving should
not be coded.
Enter Failure To Yield if this driver is charged with: "failure to yield ...." (in any of its
multitudinous forms).
Enter Hit and Run (No Information) when the driver and/or vehicle left the scene and there
is no indication on the PAR that any violations were charged.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of
violations charged but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative
assessment. Also use this code If no block exists on the PAR for reporting violations charged
and no other information is available.
Enter Violation Charged - No Details when a violation has been charged but there is a lack
of information regarding the specific nature of the violation. For example, a violation number
cannot be matched, a violation number is not legible or the PAR indicates that two violations
were charged but there is no other information.
Enter Other Violation if this driver is charged with: "following too closely or failure to keep
proper distance" or any other violation designated by the State as a moving violation. In
addition, use when the PAR indicates a violation was charged that can be identified but
cannot be classified in screen element values "2" through "8" above.
Enter Unknown If Charged when the PAR specifically indicates unknown or is unclear
concerning whether or not a violation was issued. Clarification: If the applicable section on
the PAR indicates the charges are "pending", element None applies.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV188 If DRIVER PRESENCE (D01) VIOLATIONS CHARGED (D02)
equals 0 must equal 00.
VV197 VIOLATIONS CHARGED (D02) HIT AND RUN (V02) must equal 1.
equals 50
Warnings
IF THEN
DA123 VIOLATIONS CHARGED (D02) TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE
equals 07 (A16) should equal 1, 9, 21, 97, 98
or 99.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AD043 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT at least one VIOLATIONS
TYPE (A24) equals 0760 CHARGED (D02) should not equal
00.
Element Values:
Remarks:
This variable attempts to identify visual circumstances that may have contributed to the cause
of the crash. These circumstances ("visual obstructions") can appear anywhere on the
PAR--in the narrative section, in the violations section, in a column entitled "Contributing
Factors" or "Driver Action", etc. Do not consider driver or witness statements unless verified
by the investigating police officer.
If two or more visual obstructions apply, the element of lowest numerical value (SAS) applies.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Driver’s Vision Obscured By (D04) C 391
Vehicles Driver/Vision
Enter No Obstruction when the PAR indicates that there were no visual obstructions for this
driver. In addition, use this element when Driver Presence (D01), is encoded [Unattended
Vehicle (No Driver Involved)].
Screen element values "2" through "16" are selected if indicated on the PAR.
Enter Moving Vehicle (Including Load) if the vehicle was in motion (on a trafficway).
Enter Parked Vehicle if the vehicle was not in motion (i.e., in-transport or not in-transport).
Enter Inadequate Defrost or Defog System when the presence of frost or fog on the
windshield was due to an inadequate system. The PAR must state specifically that the system
was not operating properly. The presence of frost or fog alone on the windshield should be
coded Broken or Improperly Cleaned Windshield.
Enter Fog when the ongoing weather condition was described as "fog". Do not use this code
when only the vehicle windshield is described as "fogged". The choice of code Inadequate
Defrost or Defog System or Broken or Improperly Cleaned Windshield will then depend
upon whether the defrost/defog system is noted as not functioning.
Enter Hit and Run if the PAR specifically indicates unknown in a section that concerns driver
vision and the driver is coded [Hit & Run (Vehicle and/or Driver Left Scene)] in variable Driver
Presence (D01). However, if the PAR reports a vision impediment (subsequently determined
by the police after the driver left the scene) for a hit-and-run driver, then enter the indicated
element rather than this element. This includes entering No Obstruction if so indicated on
the PAR.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of vision
obstructions but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative
assessment. Also use this code If no block exists on the PAR for reporting vision obstructions
and no other information is available.
Enter Vision Obscured - No Details when the PAR indicates that "some" vision impediment
exists but does not clearly indicate the nature of the impediment.
Enter Other Obstruction when the PAR indicates a vision impediment that cannot be
attributed to one of the other elements above (screen element values "02" through "16").
Enter Unknown Whether Vision Was Obscured when the PAR indicates that the driver's
field of view (visual field) at the time of the crash is unknown and the driver did not leave the
scene.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Driver’s Vision Obscured By (D04) C 392
Vehicles Driver/Vision
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AD150 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION DRIVER'S VISION OBSCURED
(A20) equals 1 BY (D04) must not equal 15.
VV199 DRIVER'S VISION OBSCURED HIT AND RUN (V02) must equal 1.
BY (D04) equals 50
Warnings
IF THEN
AD091 ROADWAY SURFACE DRIVER'S VISION OBSCURED
CONDITION (A15) equals 1 BY (D04) should not equal 08.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AD034 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT at least one DRIVER'S VISION
TYPE (A24) equals 0007 OBSCURED BY (D04) must equal
07 or 11.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Driver’s Vision Obscured By (D04) C 393
Vehicles Driver/What The Driver Maneuvered to Avoid
Long Name: Encode the attribute(s) which indicate what the driver attempted to avoid.
Element Values:
Remarks:
This variable identifies the thing(s) the driver attempted to avoid. The maneuver may have
subsequently contributed to the cause of the crash. Code the thing(s) the drive tried to avoid
whether the maneuver was successful or not (i.e.. whether or not the driver was able to avoid
the object, poor road condition, animal, vehicle or non-motorist).
If the person or object is off the road when the maneuver takes place, then this action should
not be coded here (a driver who leaves the road and swerves to avoid a pedestrian on the
sidewalk would be coded as Driver Did Not Maneuver To Avoid).
Do not consider driver or witness statements unless verified by the investigating police officer.
If two or more elements apply, the lowest numerical SAS value is used. 1999 element Not
Reported translates to 1998 SAS element value 99 Unknown If Driver Maneuvered To
Avoid.
Enter Driver Did Not Maneuver To Avoid when the preponderance of the information on the
PAR indicates that there were no avoidance type maneuvers made by the driver prior to the
First Harmful Event. In addition, use this element when Driver Presence (D01) is encoded
[Unattended Vehicle (No Driver Involved)]. Additionally, use this value when the object
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Driver Maneuvered To Avoid (D06) C 394
Vehicles Driver/What The Driver Maneuvered to Avoid
avoided was a "phantom vehicle". A "phantom vehicle" is a vehicle alleged by the driver to
have been involved but which the reporting officer cannot substantiate. Use this code if (all)
the thing(s) the driver tried to avoid are off the road.
Screen Element values "02" through "06" are selected if indicated on the PAR.
Enter Poor Road Conditions (Puddle, Ice, Pothole, etc.) when the driver maneuvered to
avoid the location of a road condition. Treat the condition as if it were an object. Do not use
this code if the driver lost control while traveling on/over the road condition but made no
maneuver to avoid it.
Enter Hit-And-Run (No Information) if the PAR specifically indicates unknown in this driver's
vehicle or environmental related section and the driver is coded [Hit & Run (Vehicle and/or
Driver Left Scene)] for variable Driver Presence (D01). However, if the PAR reports a
maneuver to avoid (subsequently determined by the police after the driver left the scene) for a
hit-and-run driver, then enter the indicated element rather than this element. This includes
entering Driver Did Not Maneuver To Avoid if the preponderance of the evidence on the
PAR so indicates.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of what
the driver maneuvered to avoid but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or
negative assessment. Also use this code If no block exists on the PAR for reporting what the
driver maneuvered to avoid and no other information is available.
Enter Avoidance Maneuver - No Details when the PAR indicates that some action was
taken by the driver to avoid something or someone in the road but does not clearly indicate
what this person or thing was.
Enter Unknown If Driver Maneuvered To Avoid when the PAR indicates it is unknown
whether or not a nonvisual environmentally related problem existed at the time of the crash
and the driver did not leave the scene [i.e., Driver Presence (D01) encoded other than (Driver
Left Scene)].
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV187 DRIVER PRESENCE (D01) DRIVER MANEUVERED TO
equals 0 AVOID (D06) must equal 00.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Driver Maneuvered To Avoid (D06) C 395
Vehicles Driver/What The Driver Maneuvered to Avoid
Warnings
IF THEN
VV211 DRIVER MANEUVERED TO CRITICAL EVENT (V26) should
AVOID (D06) equals 03 equal 87-89.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Driver Maneuvered To Avoid (D06) C 396
Vehicles Driver/Distractions
Element Values:
Remarks:
The attributes for the CDS variable Driver Distractions were adopted in 1999.
This variable attempts to capture distractions which may have influenced driver performance
and contributed to the cause of the crash. The distractions can be either inside the vehicle
(internal) or outside the vehicle (external). In order to qualify as a distraction the occurrence
must be classified on the PAR as a "distraction" or be described as having interrupted the
drivers normal attention to the roadway. Just the presence of a phone, for instance, does not
necessarily classify it as a distraction.
If two or more distractions apply, enter the element of lowest numerical value.
Enter "00" (Not Distracted or N/A) when it is specifically indicated on the PAR that the driver
was not distracted. Use this code, also, when there is no mention of a driver distraction being
involved in the crash (this is the default value).
Elements "01" through "04" are used when the distraction is internal and elements "05" and
"06" are used when the distraction is external.
Enter "02" [Vehicle Instrument Display (Radio, Cassette, CB, Heating/AC)] when the PAR
indicates that any object or control, located on the instrument panel, was involved in
distracting the driver. Included here are auditory distractions originating from the instrument
panel (ex. radio, warning indicator noise, etc.).
If the driver was lighting a cigarette, using the lighter from the instrument panel, this code
should be used. Lighting a cigarette using matches would be coded "04".
Element "04" (Other Internal Distractions) should be used when a distraction inside the
vehicle exists which is not included in codes "01" through "03". "Internal" includes any person
or thing which is physically located inside the vehicle. This also includes any mental
distractions, internal to the driver (ex. daydreaming) which were noted on the PAR.
Enter "05" [Other Crash ("Rubbernecking")] when specifically noted on the PAR or when
the driver is noted to have been looking at another crash just prior to the First Harmful Event.
Enter "06" (Other External Distraction) when code "05" does not apply and a distraction is
noted which is outside of the vehicle (ex. buildings, billboards, moving/parked vehicles).
A subtle distinction must be made here between distractions and obstructions. A distraction
draws the drivers attention away from the road ahead. An obstruction blocks the drivers view
of the road ahead or of an area of the environment where visual input is needed. For example,
when a driver cannot see crossing traffic at an intersection because of a billboard at the
corner, the sign is an obstruction and not a distraction. If, on the other hand, the driver looks
at the sign because of its interesting art work, and impacts another vehicle, then the sign
becomes an external distraction (code "06").
Enter "50" [Hit and Run (No Information)] when the driver and/or the vehicle left the scene of
the crash and there is no information regarding a distraction.
Enter "97" (Distraction - No Details) when a distraction is noted on the PAR but there is not
enough information to select from codes "01" through "06".
Record the attribute which best describes this driver’s attention to driving prior to the driver’s
realization of an impending critical event or just prior to impact if realizations of an impending
critical event does not occur. If this driver’s vehicle has two critical crash envelopes, record
the attribute which best describes the driver’s attention prior to the first Critical Precrash Event
(i.e., prior to realization of the impending danger which the driver successfully avoided). If the
driver is distracted by multiple attributes code the lower numbered attribute. Intoxication is not
considered a distraction.
Not distracted is used when the driver is known to have been completely attentive to driving
prior to realization of impending danger.
Looked but did not see is used when the driver is paying attention to driving, but does not
see the relevant vehicle, object, etc. This code should be used when a driver has an
opportunity to take some action prior to impact, but the driver takes no action and no other
distractions apply. This situation frequently occurs when an overtaking vehicle is in the
driver’s “blind spot” or at intersections when a crossing vehicle is not noticed. If the driver
sees the vehicle, object, etc., but does not consider it a danger than, and no other distractions
apply then code Not distracted.
By other occupant(s) is used when the driver was distracted by another occupant in this
driver’s vehicle prior to realization of impending danger. Examples of other occupant
distraction include conversing with or looking at another occupant.
By moving object in vehicle is used when the driver was distracted by a moving object in
this driver’s vehicle prior to realization of impending danger. Examples included a dropped
object, a moving pet, insect or cargo.
While talking or listening to cellular phone is used when the driver is talking or listening on
a cellular phone.
While dialing cellular phone is used when the driver is dialing a cellular phone.
While adjusting climate controls is used when someone is distracted from the driving task
while adjusting the air conditioner heater, etc.
While adjusting radio, cassette, CD is used when someone is distracted from the driving
task while adjusting or using the radio, cassette, CD which are mounted in the vehicle.
While using other device/controls integral to vehicle is used when the driver is distracted
while using a device in the vehicle including adjusting windows (power or manual) adjusting
door locks (power or manual, adjusting side view mirrors (power or manual), adjusting rear
view manual, adjusting seat (power or manual), adjusting steering wheel, and adjusting seat
belt, etc. (OEM equipment).
While using or reaching for device/object brought into vehicle is used when the driver is
distracted while using or reaching for a device in the vehicle including a radar detector, CDs,
razors, portable CD player, headphones, cigarette lighter, etc. The use of another device to
light a cigarette other than the vehicle’s cigarette lighter should be coded smoking related.
Sleepy or fell asleep is used when the driver was sleeping or dozing prior to realization of
impending danger or just prior to impact if realization did not occur.
Distracted by outside person, object or event is used when the driver was distracted by an
outside person, object or event prior to realization of impending danger. Examples include
animals on the roadside or a previous crash. Do not use this code for a person, object or
event which the driver has recognized and for which the driver has taken some action (e.g.
avoiding a pedestrian on the roadway)
Eating or drinking is used when the driver is eating or drinking or involved in an activity
related to these actions (i.e. picking food from carton placed on passenger seat, reaching to
throw out used food wrapper, etc.)
Smoking related is used when the driver is smoking or involved in an activity related to
smoking, such as lighting his cigarette, putting his ashes in the ash tray, etc. The act of using
the cigarette lighter of the vehicle, is coded While using other device/object in vehicle. Any
other method of lighting the cigarette would be coded Smoking related.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of driver
distractions but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative assessment.
Also use this code If no block exists on the PAR for reporting driver distractions and no other
information is available.
Inattentive or lost in thought is used when the driver id thinking about items other than the
driving task (daydreaming).
Other, distraction/inattention is used when details regarding this driver’s inattention are
known but none of the specified codes are applicable (e.g., incapacitating illness).
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
VV189 DRIVER PRESENCE (D01) DRIVER DISTRACTED BY (D07)
equals 0 must equal 00.
Long Name: What restraints are being used by this occupant immediately prior to the
crash?
Element Values:
Remarks:
This variable encodes what was documented on the PAR regarding occupant use of available
vehicle restraints (i.e., belts, child safety seat or helmet). There is no differentiation here
regarding the type of restraint (i.e. manual or automatic). This is accomplished using variable
P16 (Restraint Type). See Table 1, under P16 (Restraint Type) for valid combinations for
coding P15 (Restraint System Use)/P16 (Restraint Type).
Enter None Used or N/A when the PAR indicates that the occupant did not use a restraint. In
order to code this value, the PAR first has to indicate that there was a restraint available and
that the occupant of that seat position did not use the available restraint.
Enter Lap/Shoulder Belt when the PAR indicates that both a lap and a shoulder belt were
used. Also, use this code if the PAR has a block which identifies Lap or Shoulder separately
and "Lap/Shoulder" is checked.
Enter Child Safety Seat if a child restraint is used in conjunction with shoulder and/or lap
belts.
Enter None Available when the PAR indicates that no restraint was available in the seat
position of this occupant. Use this code for persons who are riding in the sleeper section of
the cab of a truck and persons who are riding on the exterior of the vehicle--Seating Position
(P04) coded [Sleeper Section of Cab (Truck)] or [Riding on Exterior of Vehicle].
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Restraint System Use - Occupants (P15) C 401
Persons Safety Systems/Restraints
Enter Restraint Used - Specifics Unknown or Other if the PAR indicates that some type of
restraint was in use but the type of restraint is not clear.
Enter Unknown If Used if there is no area on the PAR for the officer to report restraint use or
the information on the PAR is inadequate to determine restraint use.
Note: The presence of an air bag system does not mean that there are no active belts
present. In fact, most if not all air bag equipped vehicles also have some belt restraint system
installed in the seat positions protected by the air bags.
Persons such as children who are held by another person are not considered to be
restrained, nor to have restraints available.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP034 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 1 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15)
must not equal 6.
PV066 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15) BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
equals 1-3 or 6 80-89 or 90.
Warnings
IF THEN
PP033 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15) SEATING POSITION (P04) should
equals 1 not equal 12, 22, 32, 50-53.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Restraint System Use - Occupants (P15) C 402
Persons Safety Systems/Restraints
PV068 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15) BODY TYPE (V05) should equal
equals 5 80-90.
Post Entry
IF THEN
VP224 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-90 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15)
and there is at least one PERSON must equal 0, 5 or 9.
TYPE (P03) equal to 1 or 2
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Restraint System Use - Occupants (P15) C 403
Not Displayed on Summary Tab
Screen Heading: -
Screen Name: -
Long Name: -
Oracle Name: -
Element Values:
Remarks:
Long Name: Did the police identify any contributory physical impairments?
Element Values:
Remarks:
This variable attempts to identify physical impairments of drivers which may have contributed
to the cause of the crash. These impairments can appear anywhere on the PAR--in the
narrative section, in the violations section, in a column entitled "Contributing Factors" or
"Driver Action", etc. Do not consider pedestrian, non-motorist or witness statements unless
verified by the investigating police officer.
If two or more elements apply, the lowest numerical SAS value is used. Use this code, also, if
this person is not a Driver or Pedestrian/Non-Motorist.
Enter None when the PAR indicates that there were no physical impairments for this person.
Also use this code if physical impairment is not reported on the PAR.
Enter Ill, Blackout when indicated on the PAR. Enter this element even if the source of the
illness or loss of consciousness is alcohol or drug related.
Enter Drowsy, Sleepy, Fell Asleep, Fatigued when indicated on the PAR. Alcohol or other
drugs may be the source of this impairment.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person’s Physical Impairment - Drivers (P18) C 405
Persons Details/Impairments
Enter Impaired Due To Previous Injury if the PAR specifically indicates this condition (e.g.,
pedestrian is involved in this crash subsequent to his/her involvement in a previous crash in
which the pedestrian was injured). This element should be extremely rare.
Enter Physical Impairment - No Details when the PAR indicates that "some" physical
impairment exists but does not clearly indicate the nature of the impairment.
Enter Other Physical Impairment when the PAR indicates a physical impairment that cannot
be attributed to one of the other elements above (Screen element values "2" through "8").
Enter Unknown If Physically Impaired when the PAR indicates that the person's
physical condition at the time of the crash is unknown.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PA083 PERSON'S PHYSICAL the first character of
IMPAIRMENT (P18) equals 04 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
and PERSON TYPE (P03) equals TYPE (A24) must equal 1.
4
Warnings
IF THEN
PP085 PERSON'S PHYSICAL PERSON TYPE (P03) should not
IMPAIRMENT (P18) equals 07 equal 1.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person’s Physical Impairment - Drivers (P18) C 406
Not Displayed On Summary Tab
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP235 First character of at least one PERSON'S PHYSICAL
PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT IMPAIRMENT (P18) should equal
TYPE (A24) equals 1 04.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Number - Non-Motorists (P01) C 407
Not Displayed On Summary Tab
Element Values:
Remarks:
All Non-Motorists are assigned SAS element value 0 and Oracle element value -1.
GES.Person.VehicleID is set to -1 for all non-motorists.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Vehicle Number - Non-Motorists (P01) C 408
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
Non-motorists are numbered sequentially by the computer, beginning with "1"; no numbers
are skipped. Numbers are assigned in accordance with the PAR's assignment unless a
number is skipped.
Persons appended to vehicle for motion (e.g., bicyclist holding onto vehicle) are non-
motorists; they are not occupants.
Vehicle Number (P01 - Non-motorists) is assigned the value -1 by the computer for all non-
motorists.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Number - Non-Motorists (P02) C 409
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Element Values:
Remarks:
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Non-Motorists (P03) C 410
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AP021 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT PERSON TYPE (P03) must not
TYPE (A24) equals 0000 equal 5, 6 or 8.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Non-Motorists (P03) C 411
Non-Motorists General/General Data
PV011 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 1 BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
and AGE (P07) is less than 08 01-07, 09-60, 64-66, 78-79 or 93.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Non-Motorists (P03) C 412
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Warnings
IF THEN
AP024 SCHOOL BUS RELATED (A21) PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
equals 1 and PERSON TYPE TYPE (A24) should equal 0120.
(P03) equals 5
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP005 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person must have
equals 21 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to 5.
AP006 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person must have
equals 22 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to 6 or
8.
AP008 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 6 equal to 1-2 or 9 must have
INJURY SEVERITY (P09) equal to
1-5.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Non-Motorists (P03) C 413
Non-Motorists General/General Data
AP128 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one person mus have
equals 27 PERSON TYPE (P03) equal 4 or 8.
DP004 DRIVER PRESENCE (D01) there must be one and only one
equals 1 Person Level form for that vehicle
with PERSON TYPE (P03) equal to
1.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Non-Motorists (P03) C 414
Non-Motorists General/General Data
PP062 A previous occupant has been identified as the driver. Only one
occupant can be coded (P03 = 1) as the driver.
VP010 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 21 must be equal 5.
VP011 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 22 must be equal to 6.
VP012 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 27 must equal 4 or 8.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Non-Motorists (P03) C 415
Non-Motorists General/General Data
VP224 BODY TYPE (V05) equals 80-90 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15)
and there is at least one PERSON must equal 0, 5 or 9.
TYPE (P03) equal to 1 or 2
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person Type - Non-Motorists (P03) C 416
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Element Values:
97, ... 97, ... (97,...) Actual Age of Person 97 Years Old or Older
* -9999 99 Unknown
Remarks:
The person’s age at the time of the crash is recorded with respect to the person’s last
birthday.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PV011 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 1 BODY TYPE (V05) must not equal
and AGE (P07) is less than 08 01-07, 09-60, 64-66, 78-79 or 93.
Warnings
IF THEN
PP013 UNLIKELY: AGE (P07) is greater than 92 and not equal to 99.
PP036 RESTRAINT SYSTEM USE (P15) AGE (P07) should equal 00-04 or
equals 6 99.
Element Values:
Remarks:
Self-explanatory
Long Name: What is the police reported injury severity for this person?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Enter the police reported injury severity for this person (i.e., occupant, pedestrian or non-
motorist). Most jurisdictions use the KABCO injury coding scheme.
K = Killed
A = Incapacitating Injury
B = Nonincapacitating Injury
C = Possible Injury
O = No Injury
If the police report contains a detailed description of the injuries but does not translate the
injuries into the KABCO codes, use the police method for doing so. For example, injuries
which are considered to be of an incapacitating nature are classified as "A" ,
Nonincapacitating-evident injuries are classified as "B", and possible injuries are "C". Property
damage only (i.e., no injury) is classified as "O".
Enter Injured, Severity Unknown if the police report indicates a "U" or in any other way
communicates the idea that the person was injured but the severity is unknown.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Non-Motorists (P09) C 419
Non-Motorists General/General Data
As a general rule, if the PAR is "blank" where the injury severity is assessed and the person
was at the scene during the police investigation, enter No Injury (O). If the PAR is "blank"
and the person was not present during the police investigation, enter Unknown.
The following states use the KABCO injury coding scheme: Illinois (incl. Chicago), Michigan,
New Mexico, North Carolina, Texas (incl. Dallas), Wisconsin, and the city of Los Angeles.
Not all states use the KABCO scheme. Listed below, by state, are alternative schemes; a
mapping to the GES scheme is provided.
See State PAR Translation Tables Under P09 INJURY SEVERITY (OCCUPANTS).
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
AP098 STRATUM (A23) equals 3 at least one INJURY
SEVERITY (P09) should equal
2, 3 or 4.
AP144 STRATUM (A23) equals 4 INJURY SEVERITY (P09) should
not equal 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP008 FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) at least one PERSON TYPE (P03)
equals 06 equal to 1-2, 9 must have INJURY
SEVERITY (P09) equal to 1-5.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Non-Motorists (P09) C 420
Non-Motorists General/General Data
PV233 INJURY SEVERITY (P09) equals STRATUM (A23) should not equal
1 and at least one BODY TYPE 4.
(V23) equals 60-79
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Injury Severity - Non-Motorists (P09) C 421
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Element Values:
1 1 0 No
2 2 1 Yes
3 3 9 Unknown
Remarks:
This variable addresses transportation directly from the scene to a treatment facility. The
means of transportation is not a consideration.
Enter No when the person is not transported directly from the scene to a hospital. Use this
element when the person is pronounced dead-at-the-scene and is transported to funeral
home. In addition, this element includes treatment at scene such as: first aid, self-treatment,
EMT treatment, doctor treatment, etc.--and the person is not transported or does not go to a
treatment facility (e.g., doctor, clinic, hospital, etc.) as a result of injuries sustained in this
crash.
Enter Yes when the PAR indicates that the person is transported directly from the scene to a
hospital or treatment facility (hospital, clinic, doctor's office, etc.). The person need not have
been injured. The means of transportation is not a consideration. If the person died on route to
a hospital or medical facility or was pronounced dead-on-arrival at a hospital or medical
facility, enter Yes.
Enter Unknown if it cannot be determined if the person is transported directly from the scene
to a medical facility. Use this attribute if the police report indicates the person will “seek own
medical treatment” and it cannot be determined if the person goes directly to a medical facility.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Taken To Hospital Or Treatment Facility - Non-Motorists (P10) C 422
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Consistency Checks:
Warnings
IF THEN
PP011 TAKEN TO HOSPITAL OR INJURY SEVERITY (P09) should
TREATMENT FACILITY (P10) not be blank, 0 or 9.
equals 1
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Taken To Hospital Or Treatment Facility - Non-Motorists (P10) C 423
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Long Name: Did the police report alcohol presence or involvement for this person?
Element Values:
Remarks:
The phrase "alcohol involved" means that the person (drivers of in-transport motor vehicles
and non-motorists only) had consumed an alcoholic beverage. Involvement is not an
indication that alcohol was in any way a cause of the crash, even though it may have been. If
the PAR indicates that opened or unopened alcoholic beverages were found in the vehicle,
then this information does not by itself constitute involvement.
Enter Alcohol Not Involved or N/A if the investigating officer's assessment is that the person
had consumed no alcohol. Also use this code for all occupants of motor vehicles in-transport
who are not drivers.
Enter Alcohol Involved if the police indicate that the person has consumed alcohol via: (1) a
specific data element on the police report form, (2) the police charge the driver with DUIL, (3)
the police mention in the narrative section of the report that the person had been drinking (or
alcohol was present or involved or (4) the police report has a positive BAC test result (BAC
>.00).
Enter Alcohol and/or Drugs Involved only if the PAR has a block which is labeled
"Alcohol/Drugs", and it cannot be determined which was used. Alcohol and drugs should be
assessed separately in variables POLICE REPORTED ALCOHOL INVOLVEMENT
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Alcohol Involvement - Non-Motorists (P11) C 424
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of
alcohol but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative assessment. If
no block exists on the PAR for coding this element then use this code when no other
information is available.
Enter Unknown (Police Reported) if alcohol involvement is specifically indicated on the PAR
as unknown. In general, police reports have blocks to check either positive or negative
alcohol involvement. However, if a police report has provision for the investigating officer to
respond "unknown involvement", then enter this element. In addition, enter this element for
hit-and-run drivers unless clear evidence to the contrary exists.
The phrase "alcohol involved" means that alcohol is present in the person (drivers of
in-transport motor vehicles and non-motorists only). Involvement is not an indication that
alcohol was in any way a cause of the crash, even though it may have been. If the PAR
indicates that opened or unopened alcoholic beverages were found in the vehicle, then this
information does not by itself constitute involvement.
Alcohol Not Involved applies if the investigating officer's assessment is that alcohol is not
present in the non-motorist.
Alcohol Involved is coded if the police indicate alcohol presence in the non-motorist via: (1)
a specific data element on the police report form, (2) the police charge the driver with DUIL,
(3) the police mention in the narrative section of the report that the person had been drinking
(or alcohol was present or involved) or (4) the police report has a positive BAC test result
(BAC >.00).
Some PARs have a block labeled “Alcohol/Drugs.” If “use” is indicated, and it cannot be
determined which was used (e.g., narrative, arrest/charged section, etc.), then assume
alcohol is present. If the police report indicates that a non-motorist was charged with DWI
(driving while intoxicated or driving while impaired) and no clarification is offered to indicate if
the DWI was alcohol related or other drug related (i.e., a specific data element; mentioned in
the narrative section; BAC results), then assume alcohol presence.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of
alcohol but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative assessment.
Also use this code If no block exists on the PAR for reporting alcohol presence and no other
information is available.
Enter Unknown (Police Reported) if alcohol involvement is specifically indicated on the PAR
as unknown. In general, police reports have blocks to check either positive or negative
alcohol involvement. However, if a police report has provision for the investigating officer to
respond "unknown involvement", then enter this element.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Alcohol Involvement - Non-Motorists (P11) C 425
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP047 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 2 or POLICE REPORTED ALCOHOL
3 INVOLVEMENT (P11) must equal
0.
Post Entry
IF THEN
DP095 VIOLATIONS CHARGED (D02) either POLICE REPORTED
equals 1 or 2 and PERSON TYPE ALCOHOL INVOLVEMENT (P11)
(P03) equals 1 or POLICE REPORTED DRUG
INVOLVEMENT (P17) must equal
2.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Alcohol Involvement - Non-Motorists (P11) C 426
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Long Name: Did the police report drug presence or involvement for this person?
Element Values:
Remarks:
The phrase "drugs involved" means that the person (drivers of in-transport motor vehicles and
non-motorists only) had taken drugs. Involvement is not an indication that drugs were in any
way a cause of the crash, even though it may have been. If the PAR indicates that drugs
were found in the vehicle, then this information does not by itself constitute involvement.
Enter Drugs Not Involved or N/A if the investigating officer's assessment is that the person
had not taken drugs. Also use this code for all occupants of motor vehicles in-transport who
are not drivers.
Enter Drugs Involved if the police indicate that the person has taken drugs via: (1) a specific
data element on the police report form or (2) mention in the narrative section of the report that
the person had been using drugs.
Enter Drugs and/or Alcohol Involved only if the PAR has a block which is marked
"Alcohol/Drugs", and it cannot be determined which was used. Drugs and alcohol should be
assessed separately in variables Police Reported Alcohol Involvement (P11) and Police
Reported Drug Involvement (P17) whenever sufficient information is available to do so.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of drugs
but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative assessment. If no block
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Drug Involvement - Non-Motorists (P17) C 427
Non-Motorists General/General Data
exists on the PAR for coding this element then use this code when no other information is
available.
Enter Unknown (Police Reported) if drug involvement is specifically indicated on the PAR as
unknown. A police report may only have a block to check either positive or negative drug
involvement. However, if a police report has a provision for the investigating officer to
respond "unknown involvement", then enter this element. In addition, enter this element for
hit-and-run drivers unless clear evidence to the contrary exists.
The phrase "other drug involvement" includes prescription and “over-the-counter” medications
as well as “illicit” substances (e.g., in most cases, marijuana, cocaine, heroin, etc. where
usage has not been prescribed by a doctor). Also, “other drug involvement” means that an
other drug is present in the person (drivers of in-transport motor vehicles and non-motorists
only). It is not an indication that the drug usage was in any way a cause of the crash, even
though it may have been. If the PAR indicates that other drugs were found in the vehicle, then
this information does not by itself constitute involvement.
Drugs Not Involved applies if the investigating officer's assessment is that no other drugs
were present in the person.
Drugs Involved is coded if the police indicate that other drugs are present in the person via:
(1) a specific data element on the police report form or (2) the police mention in the narrative
section of the report that other drugs are present in the person.
Some PARs have a block labeled “Alcohol/Drugs.” If “use” is indicated, and it cannot be
determined which was used (e.g., narrative, arrest/charged section, etc.), then assume
alcohol is used. If the police report indicates that a non-motorist was charged with DWI
(driving while intoxicated or driving while impaired) and no clarification is offered to indicate if
the DWI was alcohol related or other drug related (i.e., a specific data element; mentioned in
the narrative section; BAC results), then assume alcohol presence.
Enter Not Reported if there is a specific location on the police report for assessment of other
drug presence but the investigating officer fails to make either a positive or negative
assessment. Also use this code If no block exists on the PAR for reporting other drugs and
no other information is available.
Enter Unknown (Police Reported) if other drug presence is specifically indicated on the PAR
as unknown. A growing number of police reports have blocks to check either positive or
negative other drug presence. However, if a police report has provision for the investigating
officer to respond "unknown presence", then enter this element.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Drug Involvement - Non-Motorists (P17) C 428
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP048 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 2 or POLICE REPORTED DRUG
3 INVOLVEMENT (P17) must equal
0.
Post Entry
IF THEN
DP095 VIOLATIONS CHARGED (D02) either POLICE REPORTED
equals 1 or 2 and PERSON TYPE ALCOHOL INVOLVEMENT (P11)
(P03) equals 1 or POLICE REPORTED DRUG
INVOLVEMENT (P17) must equal
2.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Police Reported Drug Involvement - Non-Motorists (P17) C 429
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Long Name: What is the person’s location at the time of the impact?
Element Values:
Remarks:
Select the value which best represents the location of the person (i.e., pedestrian or non-
motorist) at the time of impact.
In order to use the "Intersection" elements (screen values "1", "2", "3", and "4") the pedestrian
or non-motorist must have been struck in the area formed by the junction of two or more
trafficways.
Enter Intersection - In Crosswalk if the PAR indicates that the person was in a designated
crosswalk. A crosswalk is defined as a marked area (generally delineated by solid white
lines) used by persons when crossing a roadway. The crossing area must be marked to be
classified as a crosswalk for the purpose of this variable. If the PAR does not show a
crosswalk, then do not use this element.
Enter Intersection - On Roadway if the person was struck in the intersection (of the
roadways) or within the junction of the two trafficways outside the intersection of the two
roadways but on one of the roadways. Use this element, for example, if no crosswalk is
present.
Enter Intersection - Other if the person is on a sidewalk or island within the junction of the
trafficways. Sidewalk is defined as any improved surface primarily constructed for the use of
pedestrians.
Enter Intersection - Unknown if the person is within the junction of two trafficways but their
exact location is unknown.
Screen elements values "5", "6", "7", and "8" are applicable to crashes occurring in a
non-intersection area (i.e., not within the junction of two or more named trafficways but on the
"road" of a named trafficway). The junction of a driveway/alley access and a named trafficway
is a Non-intersection area.
Enter Non-intersection - In Crosswalk if the person is in a crosswalk not associated with the
junction of two named trafficways (e.g., a mid-block crosswalk or a crosswalk across a named
trafficway which connects a driveway).
Enter Non-intersection - On Roadway when the PAR indicates that the person is on a
roadway and not in a crosswalk and not in the junction of two named trafficways.
Enter Non-intersection - Other when the person is struck on the "road" of a named trafficway
but not on the roadway (i.e., in or out of a crosswalk). This element includes person-location
areas commonly referred to as islands, shoulders or parking lanes. This element may also
include some bicycle lanes if these lanes are adjacent to the travel lanes (i.e., the roadway).
Enter Non-intersection - Unknown if the person is not struck in the junction of two named
trafficways nor on a roadway (in or out of a crosswalk).
Enter Other Location if the person is not struck in the junction of two named trafficways nor
on the "road" of a trafficway. This element includes person-location areas commonly referred
to as medians, sidewalks or "roadside" (i.e., within the trafficway but not on the "road" and not
within the junction of two or more named trafficways).
Non-Motorists who are occupants of a motor vehicle not in transport are coded with respect to
the location of the vehicle.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PA127 NON-MOTORIST LOCATION RELATION TO JUNCTION (A09)
(P13) equals 11, 12, 18 or 19; and must not equal 01 or 11.
EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27
PP078 For Non-Motorists, the value "00" must not be coded for
NON-MOTORIST'S LOCATION (P13).
Warnings
IF THEN
AP135 RELATION TO JUNCTION (A09) NON-MOTORIST LOCATION
equals 03 or 13 and NUMBER OF (P13) should not equal 01, 02, 08
NON-MOTORISTS (A4) is greater or 09.
than 00
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP001 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals 1 there must be at least one NON-
and FIRST HARMFUL EVENT MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
(A06) equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 01-09, 11, 12, 19, 20 or
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10) 99.
equals 1
AP002 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals there must be at least one NON-
FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
equals 21, 22 or 27, and equal to 08, 18, 98 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 2 or 7
AP003 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals there must be at least one NON-
FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 08, 18, 98 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 3
AP004 EVENT NUMBER (E01) equals there must be at least one NON-
FIRST HARMFUL EVENT (A06) MOTORIST LOCATION (P13)
equals 21, 22 or 27 and equal to 09, 19 or 99.
RELATION TO ROADWAY (A10)
equals 99
Element Values:
? ? 99 Unknown
* The Oracle value is set equal to the value of GES.Vehicle.VehicleID for the in-transport
motor vehicle which comes in contact with the non-motorist.
Remarks:
This variable captures the vehicle which made contact with the non-motorist being coded.
The value entered must match the vehicle number of the striking vehicle.
If the non-motorist made contact with more than one vehicle, code the number of the vehicle
that caused the most significant injury. If it is not possible to determine which vehicle caused
the most significant injury, code the number of the vehicle which made contact first.
Code Unknown is used when it cannot be determined which vehicle made contact.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PA201 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 3-8 NON-MOTORIST STRIKING
and NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLE NUMBER (P22) must
VEHICLES (A03) equals 01 equal 01.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Non-Motorist Striking Vehicle Number (P22) C 434
Non-Motorists General/General Data
Post Entry
IF THEN
PA200 NON-MOTORIST STRIKING VEHICLE NUMBER (P22) must equal one
of the NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLES (A03) in the case unless it is
equal to 99.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Non-Motorist Striking Vehicle Number (P22) C 435
Non-Motorists Characteristics/Impairments
Long Name: Did the police identify any contributory physical impairments?
Element Values:
Remarks:
This variable attempts to identify physical impairments of non-motorists which may have
contributed to the cause of the crash. These impairments can appear anywhere on the
PAR--in the narrative section, in the violations section, in a column entitled "Contributing
Factors" or "Driver Action", etc. Do not consider pedestrian, non-motorist or witness
statements unless verified by the investigating police officer.
If two or more elements apply, the lowest numerical SAS value is used. Use this code, also, if
this person is not a Driver or Pedestrian/Non-Motorist.
Enter None when the PAR indicates that there were no physical impairments for this person.
Also use this code if physical impairment is not reported on the PAR.
Enter Ill, Blackout when indicated on the PAR. Enter this element even if the source of the
illness or loss of consciousness is alcohol or drug related.
Enter Drowsy, Sleepy, Fell Asleep, Fatigued when indicated on the PAR. Alcohol or other
drugs may be the source of this impairment.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person’s Physical impairment - Non-Motorists (P18) C 436
Non-Motorists Characteristics/Impairments
Enter Impaired Due To Previous Injury if the PAR specifically indicates this condition (e.g.,
pedestrian is involved in this crash subsequent to his/her involvement in a previous crash in
which the pedestrian was injured). This element should be extremely rare.
Enter Physical Impairment - No Details when the PAR indicates that "some" physical
impairment exists but does not clearly indicate the nature of the impairment.
Enter Other Physical Impairment when the PAR indicates a physical impairment that cannot
be attributed to one of the other elements above (screen element values "2" through "8").
Enter Unknown If Physically Impaired when the PAR indicates that the person's
physical condition at the time of the crash is unknown.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PA083 PERSON'S PHYSICAL the first character of
IMPAIRMENT (P18) equals 04 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT
and PERSON TYPE (P03) equals TYPE (A24) must equal 1.
4
Warnings
IF THEN
PP085 PERSON'S PHYSICAL PERSON TYPE (P3) should not
IMPAIRMENT (P18) equals 07 equal 1.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person’s Physical impairment - Non-Motorists (P18) C 437
Non-Motorists Characteristics/Impairments
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP235 First character of at least one PERSON'S PHYSICAL
PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT IMPAIRMENT (P18) should equal
TYPE (A24) equals 1 04.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Person’s Physical impairment - Non-Motorists (P18) C 438
Non-Motorists Characteristics/Actions
Long Name: What are the non-motorist’s actions at the moment prior to the crash?
Element Values:
1 26765 00 No Action
2 26766 01 Failing To Have Lights On When Required
3 26767 02 Operating Without Required Equipment
4 26768 03 Improper Or Erratic Lane Changing
5 26769 04 Failure To Keep In Proper Lane Or Running Off Road
6 26770 05 Making Improper Entry To Or Exit From Trafficway
7 26771 06 Operating The Vehicle In Other Erratic, Reckless, Careless Or
Negligent Manner
8 26772 07 Failure To Yield Right Of Way
9 26773 08 Failure To Obey Traffic Signs, Traffic Control Devices Or Traffic
Officers, Failure To Obey Safety Zone
10 26774 09 Making Other Improper Turn
11 26775 10 Driving On Wrong Side Of Road
12 26776 98 Other Action
13 26777 99 Unknown Action
Other Non-Motorist
1 26779 00 No Action
2 26780 21 Darting Or Running Into Road
3 26781 22 Improper Crossing Of Roadway Or Intersection (Jaywalking)
4 26782 24 Inattentive (Talking, Eating, Etc.)
5 26783 25 Jogging
6 26784 26 Non-Motorist Pushing A Vehicle
7 26785 27 Walking With Traffic
8 26786 28 Walking Against Traffic
9 26787 29 Playing, Working, Sitting, Lying, Standing, etc. In Roadway
10 26788 98 Other Action
11 26789 99 Unknown Action
Remarks:
This variable attempts to identify circumstances that may have contributed to the cause of the
crash. These circumstances ("actions") can appear anywhere on the PAR--in the narrative
section, in the violations section, in a column entitled "Contributing Factors" or "Driver Action",
etc. Do not consider driver or witness statements unless verified by the investigating police
officer.
Enter No Action if the PAR does not indicate (either specifically or by implication) that one of
the elements listed below applies to this non-motorist. Also, use this code when Person Type
(P03) = (Occupant Of A Motor Vehicle Not In-Transport) for this non-motorist or when Person
Type = (Occupant of a Non-Motor Vehicle Transport Device) and this non-motorist is not the
vehicle operator.
SAS element values "01" through "10” and "98" apply to pedalcyclists and operators (as
opposed to passengers) of non-motor vehicle transport devices--see P03, Person Type, SAS
element values "4" (Occupant Of A Non-motor Vehicle Transport Device) and "6"
[Non-Occupant - Cyclist (Pedalcyclist)]. Occupants Of Non-motor Vehicle Transport Devices
who are passengers should be coded "00" (No Action).
If two or more elements apply, the lowest numerical SAS value is used.
Enter Failing To Have Lights On When Required if the PAR indicates that the pedalcycle or
non-motor vehicle transport device was equipped with lights but failed to have them on when
required.
Enter Operating Without Required Equipment if the PAR indicates that this non-motorist
operated the pedalcycle or non-motor vehicle transport device, for example, without
installation of the proper light equipment (e.g., headlights, taillights, etc.).
Enter Other Action if the PAR indicates that some "other action" (other than one of those
listed in SAS elements "01" through "10" above), associated with the operation of the
pedalcycle or non-motor vehicle transport device, applies to this person.
SAS elements "21" through "29" and "98" apply to pedestrians or other non-motorists--see
Person Type (P03), (Non-Occupant - Pedestrian), and (Non-Occupant - Other Or Unknown).
The intent of the non-motorist is crucial to the selection of the proper element. Determine the
person's intent based upon the evidence available on the PAR.
Other Non-Motorist
Enter Darting or Running Into Road when the person's activity just prior to impact can best
be described as a sudden or impulsive dart, run, hurry, etc. movement across (as opposed to
along) a road. For example, if a person's activity prior to the crash could best be described as
jogging or running [see SAS element "25" (Jogging)], but just prior to the impact the
non-motorist darted into the roadway, then enter this value.
Classic examples of this element include (1) children playing who suddenly run into the road
to retrieve an object associated with their play (e.g. a ball), and (2) children who dash out from
behind a parked car to cross the street.
Enter Inattentive (Talking, Eating, Etc.) if a person is standing, sitting or lying, and perhaps
waiting (e.g., chatting), but not a person walking, playing, working or jogging, and the PAR
specifically indicates that the person was inattentive.
Enter Jogging if the person was engaged in running, jogging or moving quickly (hurrying) just
prior to collision.
Enter Walking With Traffic is used if a person is on or over the road and is moving at a
walking pace in the same direction as traffic prior to the collision; however, immediately before
the impact, the person may have attempted to jump or run out of the path of the vehicle.
Enter Walking Against Traffic is used if a person is on or over the road and is moving at a
walking pace in the opposite direction of traffic prior to the collision; however, immediately
before the impact, the person may have attempted to jump or run out of the path of the
vehicle.
Enter Playing, Working, Sitting, Lying, Standing, etc. in Roadway is used if a person is on
or over the road and is:
Playing in the road before the vehicle arrived. The person must not have just run
into the roadway after a ball, for example. Playing in the road includes ball games,
fighting, grabbing hold of cars or playing "chicken" with vehicles;
Present in the road because of the requirement of his/her job. This includes police,
emergency personnel, flagmen, traffic guards, roadway construction or
maintenance crew, garbage men, etc., but not people who are in the street
voluntarily, such as a civilian directing traffic at the scene of an crash; or
Standing, sitting, lying, etc. (but not moving) and the action does not fit in SAS
element "24" [Inattentive (Talking, Eating, etc.)]
Joggers/runners can walk for a brief spell; walkers can run for short distances. When
distinguishing joggers/runners (SAS element "25") from walkers (SAS elements "27" and "28")
focus on the intent of the person's activity prior to their involvement in the crash.
Enter Other Action if the PAR indicates that an "action"--other than one which would "best fit"
in the elements specifically described above, applies to this person. For example, use this
element if a person is waiting to cross a road, loitering or waiting for a bus. The person can be
anywhere off a road (e.g., sidewalk, median, traffic island, roadside, etc.).
Enter Unknown Action if the PAR indicates that some "action" is noted for this non-motorist,
but the information on the PAR is insufficient or unclear to determine what action (element) to
code.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
AP061 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT NON-MOTORIST'S ACTION (P19)
TYPE (A24) equals 0520 and must equal 21 or 22.
PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 5
Warnings
IF THEN
AP063 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT NON-MOTORIST'S ACTION (P19)
TYPE (A24) equals 0830 should equal 21.
Post Entry
IF THEN
AP156 PEDESTRIAN/BIKE ACCIDENT at least one NON-MOTORIST'S
TYPE (A24) equals 0410 or 0430 ACTION (P19) must equal 29.
Element Values:
Remarks:
This variable attempts to identify safety equipment worn or carried by the non-motorist
[Person Type (P03) = (Occupant Of A Non-Motor Vehicle Transport Device), (Pedestrian),
(Cyclist) or (Other or Unknown)].
Enter None Used when the PAR specifically states that the non-motorist was not wearing or
carrying any type of safety equipment.
N/A is used when the non-motorist is not one of the Person Types: (Occupant Of A Non-Motor
Vehicle Transport Device), (Pedestrian), (Cyclist) or (Other or Unknown).
Enter Bicycle Helmet when the PAR indicates that the non-motorist was wearing a bicycle
safety helmet. The non-motorist does not have to be riding a bicycle at the time of the crash
to use this code.
Enter Reflective Equipment when the PAR indicates that the non-motorist was wearing or
carrying some type of reflective equipment. The emphasis is on the reflective property of the
equipment and does not include devices which give off light under their own power (e.g.
flashlights). The equipment can be reflective tape affixed to regular clothing, special reflective
clothing, a reflective device which is worn or a reflective device which is carried. It can be
made by the non-motorist and does not have to be specially designed as a safety device.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Non-Motorist Safety Equipment Use (P20) C 444
Non-Motorists Characteristics/Safety Equipment
Enter Bicycle Helmet and Reflective Equipment when the PAR indicates that both apply for
this non-motorist (i.e. the non-motorist was both wearing a bicycle helmet and using reflective
equipment).
Enter Other Safety Equipment when the PAR indicates that the non-motorist was using
safety equipment and it does not fit into elements: Bicycle Helmet, Reflective Equipment or
Bicycle Helmet and Reflective Equipment. Any device that produces a visual signal but is
not reflective (e.g. flashlight) or any clothing that is non-reflective but considered to be safety
equipment (hi-glo orange clothing) should be coded using this element.
Enter Unknown If Used if specifically stated on the PAR or there is no information on the
PAR that the non-motorist was using safety equipment or clothing.
Consistency Checks:
Errors
IF THEN
PP072 PERSON TYPE (P03) equals 1, 2 NON-MOTORIST SAFETY
or 9 EQUIPMENT USE (P20) must
equal 0.
Warnings
IF THEN
PP061 NON-MOTORIST SAFETY PERSON TYPE (P03) should
EQUIPMENT USE (P20) equals 2 equal 6.
or 4
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Non-Motorist Safety Equipment Use (P20) C 445
Non-Motorists Characteristics/Safety Equipment
Long Name: What restraints are being used by this Non-Motorist immediately prior to
the crash?
Element Values:
Remarks:
This variable applies only to non-motorists who are occupants of motor vehicles not
in-transport or occupants of a non-motor vehicle transport devices. Encode what was
documented on the PAR regarding non-motorist use of available vehicle restraints (i.e., belts,
child safety seat or helmet). There is no differentiation here regarding the type of restraint (i.e.
manual or automatic). This is accomplished using variable P16 (Restraint Type). See Table
1, under P16 (Restraint Type) for valid combinations for coding P15 (Restraint System
Use)/P16 (Restraint Type).
Enter None Used or N/A when the PAR indicates that the non-motorist did not use a
restraint. In order to code this value, the PAR first has to indicate that there was a restraint
available and that the non-motorist of that seat position did not use the available restraint.
Enter Lap/Shoulder Belt when the PAR indicates that both a lap and a shoulder belt were
used. Also, use this code if the PAR has a block which identifies Lap or Shoulder separately
and "Lap/Shoulder" is checked.
Enter Child Safety Seat if a child restraint is used in conjunction with shoulder and/or lap
belts.
Enter None Available when the PAR indicates that no restraint was available in the seat
position of this non-motorist. Use this code for persons who are riding in the sleeper section
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Restraint System Use - Non-Motorists (P15) C 446
Non-Motorists Characteristics/Safety Equipment
of the cab of a truck and persons who are riding on the exterior of the vehicle--Seating
Position (P04) coded [Sleeper Section of Cab (Truck)] or [Riding on Exterior of Vehicle].
Enter Restraint Used - Specifics Unknown or Other if the PAR indicates that some type of
restraint was in use but the type of restraint is not clear.
Enter Unknown If Used if there is no area on the PAR for the officer to report restraint use or
the information on the PAR is inadequate to determine restraint use.
Note: The presence of an air bag system does not mean that there are no active belts
present. In fact, most if not all air bag equipped vehicles also have some belt restraint system
installed in the seat positions protected by the air bags.
Persons such as children who are held by another person are not considered to be
restrained, nor to have restraints available.
GES Coding and Editing Manual-1999 Restraint System Use - Non-Motorists (P15) C 447